Anda di halaman 1dari 209

SingleRAN

ALD Management Feature


Parameter Description
Issue

07

Date

2016-03-31

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2016. All rights reserved.


No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions


and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address:

Huawei Industrial Base


Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

support@huawei.com

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

Contents
1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience.......................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3 Change History............................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types....................................................................................................................... 5

2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 6
2.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 6
2.2 RET Antenna................................................................................................................................................................ 14
2.3 TMA............................................................................................................................................................................. 14
2.4 SASU............................................................................................................................................................................ 15
2.5 AAS Module.................................................................................................................................................................15
2.5.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 15
2.5.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas....................................................................................................................... 15

3 ALD Device Data Configuration.............................................................................................. 17


4 ALD Management Functions.................................................................................................... 18
4.1 RET Antenna Functions............................................................................................................................................... 18
4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs............................................................................................18
4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.................................................................................................................................... 27
4.2 TMA Functions.............................................................................................................................................................29
4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna.............................................................................. 29
4.2.2 Operations on the TMA............................................................................................................................................. 35
4.3 SASU Functions........................................................................................................................................................... 36
4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna............................................................................. 36
4.3.2 Operations on the SASU............................................................................................................................................38
4.4 AAS Functions............................................................................................................................................................. 39
4.4.1 Connections Between the AAS Module with Passive Antennas, RRU/RFU, and BBU...........................................39
4.4.2 Operations on AAS Modules.....................................................................................................................................42

5 Related Features...........................................................................................................................44
6 Impact on the Network...............................................................................................................45
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).......46
7.1 When to Use ALD Management.................................................................................................................................. 46
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

7.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 46


7.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................ 46
7.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 46
7.4.1 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 46
7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs)..................................................................................................................... 47
7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)............................................................................................................................... 50
7.4.4 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 50
7.4.5 Initial Configuration.................................................................................................................................................. 51
7.4.6 Commissioning.......................................................................................................................................................... 52
7.4.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................53
7.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................53
7.4.9 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 53
7.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................54
7.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................ 54
7.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................ 54

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)


............................................................................................................................................................ 55
8.1 When to Use ALD Management.................................................................................................................................. 55
8.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 55
8.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................ 55
8.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 55
8.4.1 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 55
8.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 55
8.4.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................78
8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI............................................................................................................................... 81
8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands..................................................................82
8.4.6 Commissioning.......................................................................................................................................................... 87
8.4.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................88
8.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................88
8.4.9 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 89
8.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................90
8.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................ 90
8.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................ 90

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on GBTS Side)...............................92


9.1 When to Use ALD Management.................................................................................................................................. 92
9.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 92
9.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................ 92
9.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 92
9.4.1 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 92
9.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 92
9.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................107
9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI............................................................................................................................. 109
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands................................................................ 110
9.4.6 Commissioning........................................................................................................................................................ 113
9.4.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................ 113
9.4.8 Deactivation............................................................................................................................................................. 113
9.4.9 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 114
9.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................115
9.6 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................. 115
9.7 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................................... 115

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment).................................................116


10.1 When to Use ALD Automatic Deployment..............................................................................................................116
10.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................116
10.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................... 116
10.4 Deployment...............................................................................................................................................................116
10.4.1 Process................................................................................................................................................................... 116
10.4.2 Requirements......................................................................................................................................................... 117
10.4.3 Data Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... 117
10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task.................................................................................................... 121
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.............................................................................................................................................. 123
10.4.6 Commissioning...................................................................................................................................................... 126
10.4.7 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................126
10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete.....................................................................................127
10.4.9 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................127
10.4.10 Reconfiguration................................................................................................................................................... 129
10.5 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................130
10.6 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................ 130
10.7 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................ 131
10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process..................................................................................................132

11 Parameters................................................................................................................................. 150
12 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 202
13 Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 203
14 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 204

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

About This Document

1.1 Scope
This document describes antenna line device (ALD) management and provides engineering
guidelines. ALD management includes the features described in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 Features related to ALD management
Mode

Feature ID

Feature Name

GSM

MRFD-210601

Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)

MRFD-210602

Remote Electrical Tilt

MRFD-210601

Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)

MRFD-210602

Remote Electrical Tilt

WRFD-060003

Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)

LTE FDD

LOFD-001024

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

LTE TDD

TDLOFD-001024

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

UMTS

This document applies to macro base stations (BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A,


BTS3900AL, BTS3900C, and DBS3900) and DBS3900 LampSite base stations.
Any managed objects (MOs), parameters, alarms, or counters described below correspond to
the software release delivered with this document. Any future updates will be described in the
product documentation delivered with the latest software release.
In this document, the following naming conventions apply for LTE terms.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

Includes FDD and TDD

Includes FDD Only

Includes TDD Only

LTE

LTE FDD

LTE TDD

eNodeB

LTE FDD eNodeB

LTE TDD eNodeB

In addition, the "G", "U", "L", and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD
and LTE TDD, respectively.

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for personnel who:
l

Need to understand the features described herein

Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section provides information about the changes in different document versions.
There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
l

Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version.

Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier
version.

SRAN10.1 07 (2016-03-31)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter Change

Feature change

Added the description of the


following AAUs:

None

l AAU3911
l AAU3961
Editorial change

None

None

SRAN10.1 06 (2015-12-30)
This issue includes the following changes.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

Change Type

Change Description

Parameter Change

Feature change

Added the description of the


following RRU:

None

l RRU3276
Editorial change

Optimized configuration
description of Scenario 8:
Connection to the AAS Module
with Passive Antennas (RU) in
section 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base
Station Using MML
Commands.

None

Optimized the entire document in


wording.

SRAN10.1 05 (2015-10-30)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter Change

Feature change

None

None

Editorial change

Optimized the description about


AAS modules with Passive
Antennas. For details, see 2.5.2
AAS Modules with Passive
Antennas.

None

SRAN10.1 04 (2015-08-30)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter Change

Feature change

Added the description of the


following RRU:

None

l MRFUd V6
l MRFUdw V6
l RRU3965
l RRU3965d
For details, see section 2.1
Introduction.
Editorial change

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

None

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

SRAN10.1 03 (2015-06-30)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Feature change

Added the description of the following RRU:

None

l RRU3249
For details, see chapter 2.1 Introduction.
Editorial change

Made changes in wording.

None

SRAN10.1 02 (2015-05-15)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Feature change

Added the description of the following RRU:

None

l RRU3269
For details, see chapter 2.1 Introduction.
Editorial change

Made changes in wording.

None

SRAN10.1 01 (2015-03-23)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Feature change

Added the description of the following RRUs:

None

l RRU3952m
l RRU3220E
l pRRU3902
For details, see chapter 2.1 Introduction.
Editorial change

Made changes in wording.

None

SRAN10.1 Draft B (2015-02-10)


This issue includes the following changes.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

Change Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Feature change

Added the description of RRU3168. For details,


see chapter 2.1 Introduction.

None

Editorial change

Made changes in wording.

None

SRAN10.1 Draft A (2015-01-15)


Compared with Issue 05 (2014-11-15) of SRAN9.0, Draft A (2015-01-15) of SRAN10.1
includes the following changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Feature change

Added the description of the following RRUs


and AAUs:

None

l AAU3920
l AAU3940
l RRU3952
l RRU3953
For details, see chapter 2.1 Introduction.
Editorial change

Made changes in wording.

None

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types


The features described in this document apply only to macro base stations.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Overview

2.1 Introduction
ALD is a generic term for antenna devices, including:
l

Remote electrical tilt (RET) antenna

Tower-mounted amplifier (TMA)

Same-band antenna sharing unit (SASU)

Active antenna system (AAS) module

Currently, a maximum of six ALDs can be cascaded on a control port of a remote radio unit
(RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to enable the RET function, and the number of each type
of ALD varies in different application scenarios.
Table 2-1 lists the capabilities of GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD, and LTE TDD radio access
technology (RAT) systems to configure and manage different types of ALDs. Table legend:
Yes: supported; No: not supported.
Table 2-1 Capabilities of GSM, UMTS, and LTE RAT systems to configure and manage
different types of ALDs
RAT System

RET

TMA

SASU

AAS

GSM

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

UMTS

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

LTE FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

LTE TDD

Yes

No

No

No

NOTE

The RET cannot be used when a 4T4R RRU serves as two 2T2R RRUs in LTE TDD mode.

Table 2-2, Table 2-3, Table 2-4, Table 2-5 and Table 2-6 list the capabilities of RF modules
to support different types of ALDs.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Table legend: Yes: supported; No: not supported; /: N/A


If an RF port does not support RET antennas, control signals cannot be transmitted or
received on this RF port.
Table 2-2 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with two RF ports to support different types of
ALDs

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

RF
Module

RET
(ANT_A
Port)

TMA
(ANT_A
Port)

RET
(ANT_B
Port)

TMA
(ANT_B
Port)

RET
(RET
Port)

TMA
(RET
Port)

DRFU

No

No

No

No

GRFU

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU3004

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3008

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

WRFU

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

WRFUa

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

WRFUd

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

WRFUe

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU3801
E

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3804

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3805

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3806

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3824

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3826

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3828

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3829

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3838

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3839

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

CRFUd

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

LRFU

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

LRFUe

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU3201

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3203

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3220

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

No

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

2 Overview

RF
Module

RET
(ANT_A
Port)

TMA
(ANT_A
Port)

RET
(ANT_B
Port)

TMA
(ANT_B
Port)

RET
(RET
Port)

TMA
(RET
Port)

RRU3220
E

No

No

No

No

RRU3230
E

No

No

No

No

RRU3930
E

No

No

No

No

RRU3221

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3222

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3229

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3268

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3249

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3269

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3628

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3638

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3808

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

MRFU

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

MRFUc

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

MRFUd

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

MRFUd
V6

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

MRFUe

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU3908

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3926

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3928

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3929

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3936

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3938

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3939

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3958

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3961

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF
Module

RET
(ANT_A
Port)

TMA
(ANT_A
Port)

RET
(ANT_B
Port)

TMA
(ANT_B
Port)

RET
(RET
Port)

TMA
(RET
Port)

RRU3251

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3668

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3959

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3959
w

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3965

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

Table 2-3 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with four RF ports to support different types of
ALDs

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

RF
Modu
le

RET
(AN
T_A
Port)

TM
A
(AN
T_A
Port)

RET
(AN
T_B
Port)

TM
A
(AN
T_B
Port)

RET
(AN
T_C
Port)

TM
A
(AN
T_C
Port)

RET
(AN
T_D
Port)

TM
A
(AN
T_D
Port)

RET
(RE
T
Port)

TM
A
(RET
Port)

MRFU
dw V6

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU3
240

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
260

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
632

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
642

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
841

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
262

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
276

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
832

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
942

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF
Modu
le

RET
(AN
T_A
Port)

TM
A
(AN
T_A
Port)

RET
(AN
T_B
Port)

TM
A
(AN
T_B
Port)

RET
(AN
T_C
Port)

TM
A
(AN
T_C
Port)

RET
(AN
T_D
Port)

TM
A
(AN
T_D
Port)

RET
(RE
T
Port)

TM
A
(RET
Port)

RRU3
952m

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

RRU3
232

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
235

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
252

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
256

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
702

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
952

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
953

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
953w

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
965d

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
971

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Table 2-4 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with four RF ports to support RETs
RF Module

ANT_0 Port

ANT_1 Port

ANT_2 Port

ANT_3 Port

pRRU3902

No

No

No

No

pRRU3907

No

No

No

No

Table 2-5 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with six RF ports to support RETs

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

RF
Module

ANT_0
Port

ANT_1
Port

ANT_2
Port

ANT_3
Port

ANT_4
Port

ANT_5
Port

pRRU3901

No

No

No

No

No

No

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Table 2-6 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with eight RF ports to support RETs
RF
Modul
e

ANT
_1
Port

ANT
_2
Port

ANT
_3
Port

ANT
_4
Port

ANT
_5
Port

ANT
_6
Port

ANT
_7
Port

ANT
_8
Port

CAL
Port

RET
Port

RRU32
53

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

RRU32
59

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

RRU32
79

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

RRU31
68

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Table 2-7 lists the capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas.


Table 2-7 Capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

RF Module

AISG Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

GRFU

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3004

1.1

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3008

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFU

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFUa

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFUd

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFUe

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3801E

1.1

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3804

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3805

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3806

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3824

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3826

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3828

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3829

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

2 Overview

RF Module

AISG Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

RRU3839

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

CRFUd

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

LRFU

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

LRFUe

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3201

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3203

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3220

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3221

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3222

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3229

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3240

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3260

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3268

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3249

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3269

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3628

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3632

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3638

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3642

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3841

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3262

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3838

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3808

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3832

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

MRFU

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

MRFUc

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3A

MRFUd

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

MRFUd V6

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3A

MRFUdw V6

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3A

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

2 Overview

RF Module

AISG Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

MRFUe

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3908

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3926

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3928

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3929

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3936

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3938

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3939

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3942

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3958

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3961

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3702

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3232

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3252

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3256

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3235

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3253

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3251

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3276

1.1/2.0/2.1

12V

2.3 A

RRU3668

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3 A

RRU3259

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3952

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3952m

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3 A

RRU3953

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3 A

RRU3953w

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3 A

RRU3959

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3959w

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3 A

RRU3168

1.1/2.0

24V

2.3 A

RRU3279

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF Module

AISG Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

RRU3965

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3 A

RRU3965d

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3 A

RRU3971

1.1/2.0

12V

2.3 A

2.2 RET Antenna


One RET antenna consists of one remote control unit (RCU) and one or more RET subunits.
l

The RCU is the control unit of an RET antenna. It receives and runs the control
commands from the base station and drives the stepper motor. The stepper motor drives
the phase shifter inside the antenna device, and the phase shifter adjusts the antenna tilt.
Interface RS485 functions as the control interface of the RCU.

RET subunits are antenna devices that can be independently controlled.

An RET antenna may comprise more than one RET subunit combined in a single physical
entity. The RET antenna is classified into the following types:
l

A single-antenna RET antenna (SINGLE_RET) has only one RET subunit.

A multi-antenna RET antenna (MULTI_RET) has multiple RET subunits, each of


which supports the configuration file download and downtilt setting. A multi-antenna
RET antenna can be regarded as a set of single-antenna RET antennas installed in a
radome.

The RET antenna has the following benefits:


l

Remote adjustment eliminates onsite operations. Antenna maintenance is not subject to


site conditions such as weather and location.

High adjustment efficiency reduces network optimization and maintenance costs.

Adjustable downtilt prevents coverage distortion, which improves signal coverage and
decreases neighboring cell interference.

Compared with antennas with mechanical downtilts, RET antennas have the disadvantages of
higher cost and higher complexity.

2.3 TMA
A TMA is a low noise amplifier (LNA) installed next to the antenna. It improves the signalto-noise ratio (SNR), sensitivity, and uplink coverage of a base station.
TMAs are classified into two types: common TMA and smart TMA. Unlike common TMAs,
smart TMAs support the Antenna Interface Standards Group (AISG) protocol. Unless
otherwise stated in this document, "TMA" refers to a smart TMA.
TMAs have a built-in smart bias-tee (SBT) that performs the following functions:
l

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Converts RS485 signals received from the RCU to on-off-keying (OOK) signals, and
converts OOK signals received from the RRU or RFU to RS485 signals
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Feeds DC power from the remote radio unit (RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to the
RCU
NOTE

l The SBT provides DC power supply and control commands through the feeder for the RCU. The
SBT is applied on the RET antenna side.
l When an RRU or RFU connects to a TMA, at least one RF port supporting the TMA must connect
to this TMA so that the RRU/RFU can transmit control signals to the TMA. For details about
capabilities of RF modules to support the TMA, see Table 2-2 and Table 2-3.

The TMA provides the following functions:


l

Amplifies uplink signals to compensate for attenuation from an antenna to an RRU or


RFU

Balances signal amplification between the uplink and downlink

A TMA has one or multiple subunits and supports amplification of one or multiple uplink RF
signals.

2.4 SASU
An SASU is a Huawei customized device for antenna sharing between intra-band GSM and
UMTS modes at a multimode site. Antenna sharing helps operators reduce their capital
expenditure (CAPEX). Currently, the SASU supports only the 900 MHz and 2100 MHz
frequency bands.
The SASU uses two subunits to amplify uplink signals of GSM and UMTS systems.

2.5 AAS Module


2.5.1 Overview
An AAS module incorporates the functions of RF modules and antennas. It consists of the
following function units:
l

Antenna Unit (AU) : antenna unit.

Radio Unit (RU) : RF unit.

Management Unit (MU): control. Currently, only the AAU3902 has this function unit.

The passive antennas and RCUs in the AAS provide the antenna and RET functions,
respectively, for the RRU/RFU that are connected to the AAS module.
For details about an AAS product, see the hardware description of the AAS product.
Different types of AAS modules have different sets of integrated dual-polarized antennas. For
details about the mapping between integrated antennas and either of the following: inserted
modules, RET functions, and external ports, see the hardware description of the AAS product.

2.5.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


The passive antenna and RCU built in an AAS module provide the RET function for RRUs
and RFUs in the same way as that provided by a conventional RET antenna. The AAS
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

module with the passive antenna complies with the AISG 2.0 protocol. The RET antennas of
the passive antennas are cascaded but work independently.
The AAS module supports the RET function by using the Management Unit (MU), the
RETPORT on the AAS active module, or the RRU/RFU. Table 2-8 lists the capabilities of
AAS modules to support the RET function.
Table 2-8 AAS module support for RET
AAS Module

Using the MU
(Antenna
Cascading Mode)

Using the AAS


RU

Using the
RRU/RFU

AAU3902

Supported

Not Supported

Supported

AAU3910

Not supported

Supported

Supported

AAU3911

Not supported

Supported

Supported

AAU3920

Not supported

Supported

Supported

AAU3940

Not supported

Supported

Not supported

AAU3961

Not supported

Supported

Supported

You can choose only one method based on onsite connections and AAS capabilities. When
the AAS module supports the RET function by using the AAS RU, you are advised to use
only one RU in the AAS to control all the RET antennas.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

3 ALD Device Data Configuration

ALD Device Data Configuration

ALD device data can be configured in the following ways:


l

ALD manual deployment: All the ALD device data must be manually configured.

ALD automatic deployment: Most of the initial configuration data of the ALD device is
automatically configured by the system, and a small amount of data is manually
corrected and supplemented.

The following table lists whether each type of ALD device supports ALD manual deployment
or ALD automatic deployment.
Table 3-1 ALD devices that support ALD manual/automatic deployment
Configuration
Method

RET

TMA

SASU

AAS

ALD manual
deployment

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

ALD automatic
deployment

Supported

Supported

Not supported

Not supported

NOTE

In scenarios in which the RET antenna is connected through the GATM, the RET antenna does not
support ALD automatic deployment.

When you configure ALD device data, ALD automatic deployment is recommended. Use
ALD manual deployment in scenarios in which ALD automatic deployment is not supported.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

ALD Management Functions

4.1 RET Antenna Functions


4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs
RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a regular or daisy chain scenario. When
splitters are used, RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a sector splitting
scenario.

Regular Scenario
In a regular scenario, an RRU can be connected to one RET antenna through the RET port
(RETPORT) or RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The RFU does not have an RETPORT and
therefore can be connected to one RET antenna only through the ANTENNAPORT.
l

Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT


An AISG multi-wire cable connects the RETPORT on the RRU to the RCU of the RET
antenna, as shown in Figure 4-1. With the integrated BT, the RRU can send RS485
control signals and feed 12 V DC power to the RCU through the RETPORT. Therefore,
no SBT is required. This connection mode is recommended when the distance between
the RRU and the RET antenna is shorter than 20 m.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-1 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT


An SBT is required in this connection mode. Feeders and jumpers connect the RRU or
RFU, SBT, and RET antenna, and an AISG multi-wire cable connects the SBT to the
RCU of the RET antenna, as shown in Figure 4-2. The RRU or RFU combines OOK
signals, 12 V DC power, and RF signals, and sends the combined signals to the SBT
through feeders. The SBT splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent
to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485
control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multiwire cable.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-2 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 2 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Connection modes shown in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2 also apply to a multimode base
station. For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines
(ALD Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).
l

Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)
This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT that are installed 20 m or farther
away from RET antennas, such as the RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for
LTE. Without a BT, RF ports cannot provide 12 V DC power for RET antennas. In this

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

case, connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an external Bias Tee (BT) and connect an
external SBT to an RET antenna for power supply to the antenna, as shown in Figure
4-3. The BT is the passive component that couples RF signals or OOK signals with
feeder signals. The BT is applied on the base station side.
Figure 4-3 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Daisy Chain Scenario


In a daisy chain scenario, two or more RCUs are connected by AISG multi-wire cables. The
upper-level RCU provides RS485 control signals and power for the lower-level RCU. In
Figure 4-4, RRUs are cascaded by connecting to the RET antennas through the RETPORT.
This connection mode applies to the scenario where antennas for multiple sectors are centrally
installed, for example, on the same pole or tower. In Figure 4-5, RRUs/RFUs are cascaded by
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

connecting to the RET antennas through the ANTENNAPORT. The connection through the
ANTENNAPORT requires SBTs, and cascading can reduce the number of required SBTs. In
such a case, the RET antennas can be configured on the RRU or RFU that provides RS485
signals and power for the RET antennas.
In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set to
DAISY_CHAIN, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers.
For the data configurations in the connection modes shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5, see
the following scenarios:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 and 2 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 1 and 2 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Figure 4-4 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-5 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Connection modes shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5 also apply to a multimode base
station with independent antennas. The configured RRUs/RFUs serve different modes.
The RET antenna data of a multimode base station must be configured only in a single mode.
For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual
Deployment on Multimode Base Station).
l

In Figure 4-4, if RRU(1) is managed by the GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB (the RET data is
configured on the GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB side), the SCENARIO parameters must be
set to DAISY_CHAIN for RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and RRU(2).

If RRU(1) is managed by the NodeB (the RET data is configured on the NodeB side),
the SCENARIO parameters must be set to DAISY_CHAIN and 2G_EXTENSION for
the RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and RRU(2), respectively.

Some RF modules, such as the RRU3942 and RRU3841, have four RF ports. These RF
modules have two or more RF ports to support RET functions in addition to the RETPORT.
For details, see Table 2-3. Two RF ports on these RF modules can be paired and connected to
one antenna to provide various transmit or receive functions. When the RRU3942 or
RRU3841 is used, you can refer to RRU3942 Hardware Description or RRU3841 Hardware
Description.
The following description assumes that the RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. "T" and "R"
indicate transmission and reception, respectively. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the
RRU3942 are paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are
paired and connected to the other antenna.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

When the RRU3942 is installed less than 20 m away from RET antennas, the RRU3942 is
connected to the RET antennas through the RETPORT. The RET antennas are cascaded
because the RRU3942 has only one RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-6.
Figure 4-6 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Figure 4-7 shows how the RRU3942 and RET antennas are connected to provide the 2T4R
function when the RRU3942 is installed more than 20 m away from the RET antennas and the
RET antennas are centrally installed.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-7 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

In this connection mode, RF port ANT_A is the control port for the two RET antennas
connected to the RRU3942. For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario
2 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 2 in section 9.4
Deployment for a GBTS.

Sector Splitting Scenario


The sector splitting scenario applies to UMTS only. In this scenario, the RRU or RFU is
connected to splitters and then RET antennas, as shown in Figure 4-8.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-8 Sector splitting scenario

In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set to
SECTOR_SPLITTING, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers. For the data
configuration of this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see scenario 2 in
section 8.4 Deployment. This connection mode does not apply to the GBTS.

GATM Scenario
The GSM Antenna and TMA Control module (GATM) scenario applies to the GBTS only. In
this scenario, a DRFU, which cannot provide OOK signals or support BT function, can be
connected to an RET antenna through a BT and SBT, as shown in Figure 4-9. The GATM
provides OOK signals and 12 V DC power for the BT. Then the BT combines OOK signals,
12 V DC power, and RF signals sent by the DRFU and sends the combined signals to the SBT
through feeders. The SBT splits the combined signals received into two links. RF signals are
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485
control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire
cable.
Because of its hardware limitations, the GATM supports only RET antennas compatible with
AISG1.1 protocols and does not support RET antennas compatible with AISG2.0 protocols.
Figure 4-9 GATM scenario

For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 9.4
Deployment.

4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas


The base station can perform operations, including configuration file loading, antenna
calibration, and downtilt setting, on each RET subunit separately.
l

Configuration file loading


A configuration file describes the relationship between the RCU and the RET subunit
downtilt. The configuration file is provided by the RET antenna manufacturer. Some
RET antennas have been loaded with default configuration files before delivery. For
antennas without default configuration files, run the following command to load the
configuration files:

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

GBTS: LOD BTSRETCFGDATA. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the configuration file from the file server to
the base station controller (BSC) operation and maintenance unit (OMU).
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD RETCFGDATA

Ensure that correct configuration files have been loaded to the RET antennas before
antenna calibration. If an incorrect configuration file is loaded, the RET antenna will
experience unexpected errors. In this case, you can run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT
(GBTS) or DSP RETSUBUNIT (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB) command to query the name
of the last loaded configuration file and the load time. You are advised to load the
configuration file to the RET antennas of one or two base stations, and check whether the
actual downtilts are the same as the configured downtilts. If the downtilts are the same,
the configuration file is correct.
NOTE

Run the following command to query dynamic information about RET additional data:
GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
If any information is incorrect in the command output, for example, the values of Max tilt and Min
tilt are NULL, no configuration file was loaded or the configuration file is lost.

Antenna calibration
After an RET antenna is installed, run the following command to calibrate the RET
antenna:

GBTS: CLB BTSRET

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: CLB RET

During the calibration, the RCU adjusts the RET antenna within the downtilt range so
that the RET antenna operates properly. If the RET antenna is not calibrated, the base
station reports ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated.
After the preceding calibration command is executed, the RET antenna downtilt will be
restored to the configured value if it has been configured on the base station side. If it has
not been configured, the RET antenna downtilt will be determined by the actual RET
antenna implementation.
NOTE

An RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after it is reset or powered off.

Downtilt setting
a.

After the RET antenna is calibrated, run the following command to query the
supported downtilt range:
GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
NOTE

The downtilt range of an RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and model.

b.

Run the following command to set an RET subunit downtilt:


GBTS: MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETSUBUNIT

Setting the downtilt of an RET subunit affects the coverage of the RET antenna. Set the
downtilt based on the engineering design.
The base station can perform operations on the RCU separately, including software
download and RCU reset.
l

RCU software download


Run the following command to download the RCU software:

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the RCU software from the file server to the
BSC OMU.

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW

For details about the RCU software, see the documents provided by the RET antenna
manufacturer.
l

RCU reset
Run the following command to reset the RCU:

GBTS: RST BTSALD

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD

Resetting the RCU does not change the RET antenna downtilt.

4.2 TMA Functions


4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET
Antenna
If an RRU or RFU is to be connected to an RET antenna through a TMA, the RRU or RFU
control port must be connected to the TMA control port.

Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)


A TMA is connected to an RRU or RFU and RET antenna, and is powered by the RRU or
RFU.
With the integrated SBT, the TMA splits combined signals from the RRUs or RFUs into two
links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are
converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an
AISG multi-wire cable.
Figure 4-10 shows how an RRU or RFU with two RF ports is connected to the TMA and
RET antenna.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-10 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 2 or 5 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Figure 4-11 shows how two RF modules are cascaded and then connected to the TMA and
RET antenna. In this mode, RF ports ANT_A on the two RF modules are connected to the
TMA and RET antenna, and either RF port ANT_A can be the control port for the RET
antenna connected to the two RF modules.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-11 Two cascaded RF modules connected to the TMA and RET antenna

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 6 in section 10.4 Deployment.

When RRUs with four RF ports are connected to two antennas, two RF ports on these RRUs
can be paired and connected to one antenna. The following description assumes that the
RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the RRU3942 are
paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are paired and
connected to the other antenna. Figure 4-12 shows how the RRU3942 is connected to the
TMA and RET antenna.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-12 RRU3942 (2T4R) connected to the TMA and RET antenna

In this connection mode, RF ports ANT_A and ANT_B are the control ports for Antenna(1)
and Antenna(2), respectively. For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the
following scenarios:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 7 in section 10.4 Deployment.

Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)


This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT, such as the RRU3004 for GSM,
RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for LTE. Without a BT, RF ports cannot
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

provide 12 V DC power for antennas. In this case, connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an
external BT to provide power for antennas, as shown in Figure 4-13.
The signal transmission process is as follows:
1.

The RRU supplies 12 V DC power and sends RS485 control signals to the external BT
through an AISG multi-wire cable.

2.

The BT converts RS485 control signals to OOK signals, combines the OOK signals and
RF signals, transparently forwards 12 V DC power, and sends the combined signals to
the TMA.

3.

The TMA splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET
antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control
signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.
For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 4 in section 8.4
Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 4 in section 9.4 Deployment for
a GBTS.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-13 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

Connection to the TMA Through the GATM


Connections between the GATM and TMA apply to the GBTS only. In this scenario, a DRFU
is connected to a TMA through a GATM and BT, as shown in Figure 4-14. The GATM feeds
12 V DC power to the BT. Then, the BT combines the OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RF
signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA.
The GATM can supply power only to the connected TMA. The TMA provides the default
gains, not the configured gains. You need to configure parameters related to the power switch
and current alarm threshold for the port on the GATM connecting to the TMA. For details
about data preparation, see Table 9-7. Then, configure parameters related to the RX channel
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

attenuation. For details about data preparation, see Table 9-5. RET data is not involved in this
connection mode.
Figure 4-14 Connection to the RET antenna through the GATM

4.2.2 Operations on the TMA


NOTE

The gain of the TMA with fixed gain is not configurable.

TMA gain and working mode are configurable.


l

Setting TMA working mode


By default, the TMA is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If
you run the following command with the MODE parameter set to BYPASS, the TMA
serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals:

GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT

Setting TMA gain


a.

Run the following command to query the value range of TMA gain:
GBTS: DSP BTSTMADEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP TMADEVICEDATA

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

b.

4 ALD Management Functions

Run the following command to set TMA subunit gain:


GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT

The base station can perform operations on the TMA separately, including software download
and TMA reset.
l

TMA software download


Run the following command to download the TMA software:

GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the TMA software from the file server to
the BSC OMU.

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW

For details about the TMA software, see the documents provided by the TMA
manufacturer.
l

TMA reset
Run the following command to reset the TMA:

GBTS: RST BTSALD

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD

Resetting the TMA does not change the TMA gain and working mode.

4.3 SASU Functions


4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET
Antenna
Figure 4-15 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, and RET antenna are connected when
RRUs/RFUs for GSM (referred to as 2G) and UMTS (referred to as 3G) share one RET
antenna and the SASU is installed less than 20 m away from the RET antenna. With the
integrated SBT, the SASU splits combined 3G signals from the RRUs/RFUs into two links.
RF signals and 2G signals are combined and sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the
other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is
forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-15 SASU directly connected to the RET antenna

SASU data can be configured only on the NodeB side. Because the SASU is an active device,
you need to turn on the power switch for the 3G RRU control port on the NodeB side, and
specify current alarm thresholds. For connection mode in Figure 4-15, set the DCSWITCH
parameter for the SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit. For the data
configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 8.4 Deployment.
Figure 4-16 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, TMA, and RET antenna are connected
when the SASU is installed greater than 20 m away from the RET antenna. The SASU
combines 2G and 3G signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA. The TMA splits the
combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the
other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is
forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-16 SASU connected to the TMA and RET antenna

In this connection mode, the DCSWITCH parameter for the SASU cannot be set to OFF
because the TMA is an active device. If the DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS, specify
the DCLOAD parameter for SASU subunits so that the TMA connected to the SASU can be
acknowledged by the base transceiver station (BTS). For the data configuration for this
connection mode, see scenario 6 in section 8.4 Deployment.

4.3.2 Operations on the SASU


The SASU DC power switch, gain, and working mode are configurable only on the NodeB
side.
l

Setting the DC power switch


When the SASU is connected to the RET antenna through a TMA, run the MOD SASU
command with the DCSWITCH parameter set to any value except OFF. When the

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

SASU is directly connected to the RET antenna, set the DCSWITCH parameter for the
SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit.
l

Setting SASU working mode


By default, the SASU is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If
you run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command with the MODE parameter set to
BYPASS, the SASU serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals.

Setting SASU gain

1.

Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA command to query the value range of SASU gain.

2.

Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set SASU subunit gain.

The base station can perform operations on the SASU separately, including software
download and SASU reset.
l

SASU software download


Run the DLD ALDSW command to download the SASU software.
For details about the SASU software, see the documents provided by the SASU
manufacturer.

SASU reset
Run the RST ALD command to reset the SASU.
Resetting the SASU does not change the SASU gain and working mode.

4.4 AAS Functions


4.4.1 Connections Between the AAS Module with Passive
Antennas, RRU/RFU, and BBU
An AAS module with passive antennas has two types of external ports: an RET port
(RETPORT) and an RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The ANTENNAPORT can be at the bottom
of the AU. Some AAS modules, for example, the AAU3910, have AISG ports that can be
connected to RRUs or RFUs for the RET function. Table 2-8 lists the capabilities of AAS
modules to support the RET function.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module. RETTYPE must be set
to SINGLE_RET. SCENARIO must be set to DAISY_CHAIN. You can determine which
antenna to use for the RET function according to the serial number of the integrated antenna.
If you need to use only one set of antennas for the RET function, set SCENARIO to
DAISY_CHAIN. In this case, specify the VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parameters
because the antennas in the AAS module are working in daisy chain mode. For the serial
numbers of the integrated antennas in the AAS module, see the hardware description of the
AAS module.

Scenario 1: Using the MU for the RET function on the AAS Module
As shown in Figure 4-17, RRUs or RFUs connect to an AAS module with passive antennas
through external ports on the AAS module. Choose an appropriate external port to connect the
RRU or RFU to the AAS module. The integrated RCU provides the RET function for the
AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU is controlled by the MU. In this scenario,
the RET function for the AAS module with passive antennas must be set by the mode that
manages the AAS module. For example, to enable GSM RRUs/RFUs to use the RET function
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

for the AAS module with passive antennas, the RET function must be set in the UMTS mode
that manages the AAS module with passive antennas.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module. Compared with the
RET function on conventional antennas, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas does not require you to configure power supply switches or current alarm thresholds.
For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 7 in section 8.4
Deployment.
Figure 4-17 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (MU for RET function)

Scenario 2: Using the RRU/RFU for the RET function on the AAS Module
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is provided by an RRU or
RFU connecting to the AAS module, the connections between the RRU or RFU and the AAS
module are similar to the connections between the RRU or RFU and the conventional RET
antennas except for the AISG port configuration, as shown in Figure 4-18. In this scenario,
the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration
can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For other data configurations,
l

If the RRU is to use an RETPORT to send RET signals to the AAS module, see scenario
1 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 1 in section 9.4
Deployment for a GBTS.

If the RET function is provided by the RRU or RFU through an ANTENNAPORT, see
scenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 2 in
section 9.4 Deployment for a GBTS.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-18 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RRU/RFU for RET function)

Scenario 3: Using the Active Module (RU) on the AAS for the RET function
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the active
module on the AAS module:
l

For the AAU3910, AAU3911, and AAU3961, the active module forwards the RET
signals received from the BBU to the RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-19.

For the AAU3920 and AAU3940, the active module forwards the RET signals received
from the BBU to the ANTENNAPORT and the port must be R0A, as shown in Figure
4-20.

In this case, the active module works as a conventional RET device and therefore
configurations on this active module are the same as those on a conventional RET device.
For other data configurations for this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 8 in section "8.4 Deployment."

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-19 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RU for RET function)

Figure 4-20 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RU for RET function)

4.4.2 Operations on AAS Modules


AAS Modules with Passive Antennas
Each RET subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a single antenna
working in daisy chain mode.
l

Scanning
You can scan all the AAS modules connected to an RF module. When the RET function
for a specific AAS module is controlled by an RF module, the RET function for the

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

module cannot be scanned on or controlled by other RF modules that are also connected
to the AAS module.
If multiple RF modules share the AAS module, running the SCN ALD command may
fail to scan all the RET function controlled by each RF module at a time. In this case,
you can run the SCAN ALD command for each of the RF modules that control the RET
function for AAS modules that have not been scanned.
l

Configuration file loading


Loading configuration files is not required because AAS modules with passive antennas
come with built-in configurations files. If ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Loss is
reported, the configuration files have been lost. In such a case, you can run the DLD
RETCFGDATA command to reload configuration files for the AAS module. Note that
this command applies only to eGBTSs/NodeBs/eNodeBs.

Antenna calibration
After an AAS module with passive antennas is installed, run the CLB RET command on
the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to calibrate the antennas. During the calibration, RCUs
adjust the antennas within the downtilt range until the antennas operate properly. If the
calibration fails, ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is generated.
NOTE

After the AAS module is reset or powered off, it does not need to be calibrated again.

Downtilt setting
After the AAS module is calibrated, run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command on the
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to query the supported downtilt range. Then, run the
MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the downtilts for RET subunits. Because setting
RET subunit downtilt affects the coverage of the related antennas, specify parameters
based on the engineering design.
NOTE

Each RET subunit supports a unique downtilt range.

In an AAS module with passive antennas, the base station can download software and reset
the RCU for each RCU separately.
l

RCU software download


Run the DLD ALDSW command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to download the
RCU software provided by Huawei. For details, see AAS-related documents provided by
Huawei.

RCU reset
Run the RST ALD command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to reset an RCU.
RCU reset does not change the antenna's downtilt.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

5 Related Features

Related Features

N/A

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

6 Impact on the Network

Impact on the Network

N/A

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual

Deployment on Multimode Base Station)

7.1 When to Use ALD Management


It is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the
ALDs comply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two commonly used versions,
AISG v1.1 and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN8.0 and later.

7.2 Required Information


N/A

7.3 Planning
N/A

7.4 Deployment
7.4.1 Requirements
The GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.
In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 7-1 lists the license control
items for this feature.
Table 7-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Feature

License Control Item Name

LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt


Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control (FDD)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Feature

License Control Item Name

TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt


Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control (TDD)

7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs)


Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a coMPT multimode base station, you only need to determine which RRU/RFU port is the control
port for the ALD device and configure the power switch, current threshold and ALD data
once.
For a separate-MPT base station, the RRU or RFU can be managed by a single mode or
multiple modes. Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for
the ALD powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. This procedure involves the following
two scenarios:
NOTE

MPT is short for main processing and transmission unit.

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all ALD data in this mode.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK
signals for the ALD.
Parameters related to the ALD control port in this scenario are RF module common
parameters. During the data preparation, initial configuration, and feature reconfiguration, the
common parameters must be set to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or
RFU. Table 7-2 lists the common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Table 7-2 Common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode


Object

GBTS
Parameter
Name

eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB/Co-MPT
Base Station
Parameter Name

Recommended Setting

Control
port
(RET
port as a
control
port)

RET ALD
Power Switch

ALD Power Switch

For a separate-MPT base station, set


this parameter to ON in all modes. The
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
switches on one RRU cannot be turned
on simultaneously.

RET ALD
Current Alarm
Threshold
Type

Current Alarm
Threshold

For a separate-MPT base station, each


of these parameters must be set to the
same value in all modes. For
recommended values, see Table 8-17.

RET ALD
Under Current
Occur
Threshold(mA
)

Undercurrent
Alarm Occur
Threshold

RET ALD
Under Current
Clear
Threshold(mA
)

Undercurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

RET ALD
Over Current
Occur
Threshold(mA
)

Overcurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold

RET ALD
Over Current
Clear
Threshold(mA
)

Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Power Switch

ALD Power Switch

For a separate-MPT base station, set


this parameter to ON in all modes. The
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
switches on one RRU cannot be turned
on simultaneously.

ANT_A ALD
Current Alarm
Threshold
Type

Current Alarm
Threshold Type

For a separate-MPT base station, each


of these parameters must be set to the
same value in all modes. For
recommended values, see Table 8-16.

Control
port (RF
port as a
control
port and
ANT_A
as an
example
)

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Object

RRU/R
FU RX
channel
attenuati
on

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

GBTS
Parameter
Name

eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB/Co-MPT
Base Station
Parameter Name

ANT_A ALD
Over Current
Occur
Threshold(mA
)

Undercurrent
Alarm Occur
Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Over Current
Clear
Threshold(mA
)

Undercurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Under Current
Occur
Threshold(mA
)

Overcurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Under Current
Clear
Threshold(mA
)

Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

Attenuation

Recommended Setting

If no TMA is used, set this parameter to


0.
If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 4 dB to 11 dB.
If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 11 dB to 22 dB.
For a separate-MPT base station, each
of these parameters must be set to the
same value in all modes.

NOTE

When an RF port except ANT_A is used as a control port, common ALD parameters are named in the
following ways:
l For a GBTS, common ALD parameters are named by analogy based on Table 7-2. For example,
when ANT_B is used as the control port, ANT_B ALD Power Switch is the correct parameter name
l For an eGBTS, NodeB, eNodeB, or co-MPT base station, common ALD parameters are named in
the same way as those listed in Table 7-2.

Other ALD-related parameters, except the RF module common parameters, must be set only
in one mode of the separate-MPT base station. Choose one from the modes that manage the
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

RRU or RFU providing power and OOK signals for the ALD. Then, configure all data for the
ALD only in this mode.
NOTE

l The mode in which the other ALD-related parameters are set must be the same in the data
preparation, initial configuration, activation observation, and reconfiguration.
l Only one maintenance link can be established between the RRU or RFU and the ALDs. Therefore,
ALD data can be configured only in one mode of a multimode base station. If ALD data is
configured in two modes in this multimode base station, unexpected faults will occur. For example,
ALDs cannot be scanned, or ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure is reported. If such faults
occur, remove the ALD data configuration in both modes, and scan and configure the ALDs in the
correct mode. If ALDs cannot be scanned after the ALD data configuration is removed, turn off the
power switches in both modes, and set the power switches and current alarm thresholds in both
modes again.

7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)


Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a coMPT multimode base station using AAS modules with passive antennas, you only need to
configure ALD data only once.
For a separate-MPT base station using AAS modules, configure ALD data based on the site's
cable connections. The RET data must be configured only on one side.
When an AAS module with passive antennas does not have an AISG port, the RET function
on the AAS module is configured on and managed by the mode managing the AAS module.
Therefore, determine the managing mode first. If the AAS module is managed by multiple
modes, select one of them.
When the AAS module has an AISG port, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas is configured on and managed by the mode that manages AAS module (Method 1).
Alternatively, the RET function is configured on the RRU or RFU that provides power and
OOK signals for the AAS module with passive antennas (Method 2). When the site's cable
connections support both methods, you can use only one method to configure the RET
function because faults may occur if you choose both methods.
l

If method 1 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for scenario in
which the AAS module does not have an AISG port.

If method 2 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for the RET
antennas. For details, see section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs).

7.4.4 Data Preparation


For a co-MPT base station, data preparation is the same as that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
For a separate-MPT base station, the data preparation procedure is detailed in the following
three scenarios. Note that the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD in
scenarios 1 and 2.

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

then prepare all ALD data in the mode. For details, see the following data preparation
sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.

GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Prepare the RF module common parameters on the sides of all the modes that manage the
RRU or RFU. For details, see Table 7-2.
Select one of the modes that manage the RRN or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process
(RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and then prepare other ALD parameters except the RF module
common parameters in this mode. For details, see the following data preparation sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.

GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode in which the RET function is set for the AAS module according to
section 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules). The data preparation for the mode is the same
as that for a single-mode base station.
If an AAS module with passive antennas is used, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.2
Data Preparation.

7.4.5 Initial Configuration


For a co-MPT base station, initial configuration is the same that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI or 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
For a separate-MPT base station, initial configurations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for the ALD
powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. For details, see the following initial configuration
sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5


Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK
signals for the ALD.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Before you set other ALD-related parameters, set the RF module common parameters listed in
Table 7-2 to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU. If ALD power
supply switches are turned on for the modes managing the RRU or RFU and current alarm
threshold configurations are inconsistent for these modes, ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Unit
Parameter Settings Conflict will be reported.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:
l

GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT


NOTE

The RRU or RFU managed by multiple modes can supply power to ALDs only if the ALD power
switches are turned on for all modes that manage the multi-mode RRU or RFU. The ALD can be
scanned only after the power supply is normal.
The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

Then, select one of the modes that manage the RRU or RFU and set the other ALD-related
parameters in this mode. For example, if the RRU or RFU is managed by the GBTS and
NodeB, set the other ALD-related parameters on the GBTS or NodeB side. The configuration
procedure is the same as that for the related mode.
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5


Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode in which the RET function is configured in the AAS module based on
section 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules) and then perform initial configuration in this
mode accordingly.
You can initially configure an AAS module in the following ways:
l

To use a graphical user interface (GUI) to configure an AAS module, see section 8.4.4
Initial Configuration on the GUI.

To use man-machine language (MML) commands to configure an AAS module with


passive antennas, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a
Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

7.4.6 Commissioning
For a co-MPT base station, the commissioning procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.6 Commissioning.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.6 Commissioning.

GBTS: section 9.4.6 Commissioning.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

7.4.7 Activation Observation


For a co-MPT base station, the active observation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.

GBTS: section 9.4.7 Activation Observation.

7.4.8 Deactivation
For a co-MPT base station, the deactivation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.8 Deactivation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.8 Deactivation.

GBTS: section 9.4.8 Deactivation.

7.4.9 Reconfiguration
For a co-MPT base station, the reconfiguration procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
For a separate-MPT base station, reconfigurations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and
reconfigure ALD data in this mode. For details, see the following reconfiguration sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB/co-MPT base station: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
If the RF module common parameters listed in Table 7-2 need to be reconfigured, reconfigure
the parameters consistently for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT

If other ALD-related parameters except the RF module common parameters need to be


reconfigured, determine the mode and reconfigure ALD data on one of the modes managing
the RRU or RFU. For details, see the following reconfiguration sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


In this scenario, a base station uses the AAS module.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.3 Overall Process
(AAS Modules) and reconfigure ALD data in this mode accordingly.
For details about how to reconfigure parameters for an AAS module with passive antennas,
see section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

7.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

7.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

7.7 Troubleshooting
For a co-MPT base station, troubleshoot the ALD faults in the same way as that for an
eGBTS, NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.7 Troubleshooting.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
For a separate-MPT base station, determine the mode in which the ALD is configured based
on section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) or 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS
Modules), and then troubleshoot the ALD faults in this mode accordingly. For details, see the
following troubleshooting sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.7 Troubleshooting.

GBTS: section 9.7 Troubleshooting.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual

Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.1 When to Use ALD Management


For details, see section 7.1 When to Use ALD Management.

8.2 Required Information


N/A

8.3 Planning
N/A

8.4 Deployment
8.4.1 Requirements
For details, see section 7.4.1 Requirements.

8.4.2 Data Preparation


Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.
Data sources of key parameters include the following:
l

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Radio network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the radio
network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Radio network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from the
radio network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.

Transport network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the
transport network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Transport network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from
the transport network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.

Equipment planning: The parameter value comes from the equipment plan.

Engineering design: The parameter value comes from the algorithm or function design.

Default/recommended value: The parameter uses the default or recommended value, and
the recommended value is preferential. The default or recommended value can be used in
most scenarios and adjusted for a specific scenario.

N/A: The parameter value is not required.

ALD data configuration varies by scenario, depending on:


l

The type of the RRU, RFU or AAS port through which control signals are sent to an
RET antenna

Whether you use a TMA

Whether the NodeB supports SASUs

The scenarios are as follows:


l

Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an


SASU)

Scenario 6: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an


SASU and a TMA)

Scenario 7: connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (MU)

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (RU)

Generic Data
Before configuring ALD data, collect the following generic data:
l

Configuration file for the RET antenna: Used to determine whether to update the
configuration file. Obtain the configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer
based on the RCU and antenna models.

Software of the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU: Used to determine whether to update
the software. If an update is required, obtain the software from the RET antenna, TMA,
and SASU manufacturers.

RET antenna connections: Used to determine whether RET antennas are connected in a
regular scenario. If the RET antennas are not connected in a regular scenario, record
serial numbers of RET antennas and the mapping between the RET antennas and the
base station/sectors. The serial numbers are printed on labels of the RET antennas.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

56

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Connections between the RET antenna, TMA, SASU, and RRU/RFU: Used to determine
the specific connections between these devices (such as the type of RRU or RFU port
through which control signals are sent to an RET antenna) and the connections between
each antenna subunit and the RRU or RFU (if multiple antennas are used)

Current alarm thresholds for the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU, which are provided in
the related specifications.

Connections between the AAS module and RRU/RFU (only when an AAS module with
passive antennas is used): Used to determine whether the RET function for the AAS module
is set through the configured MU or the RRU/RFU connecting to the AAS module and to
which integrated passive antenna the RRU or RFU is connected
NOTE

It is recommended that you obtain the basic information about the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU at the
site, including the antenna model, RCU model, antenna type (single-antenna or multi-antenna), number
of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial number. In a regular scenario, you can run the following
command to obtain the antenna type, number of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial number:
l GBTS: STR BTSALDSCAN
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: SCN ALD

Collect the following information at the site in a regular scenario of conventional ALDs.
Anten
na
Model

RCU
Model

Antenna Type
(Single-Antenna/
Multi-Antenna)

TMA

SASU

ALD
Type

Number
of
Subunits

Manufac
turer
Code

Serial
Number

RET

Collect the following information at the site in a daisy chain or sector splitting scenario of
conventional ALDs.
ALD
Type

Site
Nam
e

Secto
r
Num
ber

Antenn
a
Model

RCU
Model

Antenna
Type
(SingleAntenna/
MultiAntenna)

TMA

SAS
U

Numbe
r of
Subuni
ts

Manu
factur
er
Code

Serial
Num
ber

RET

Collect the following information at the site in a scenario where the AAS module is used.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

ALD Type

Site Name

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Sector
Number

AAS Type

AAS Antenna
Port
Silkscreen

AAS

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this scenario, the AAS
module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 8-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.
Table 8-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Cabinet No.

CN

Equipment
plan

Subrack No.

SRN

Slot No.

SN

Port No.

PN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located and the control
port number. Set these parameters based
on connections between the RET
antenna and the RRU or RFU. Only one
port on the RRU or RFU can be used as
the control port for the RET antenna. In
a daisy chain scenario, multiple RCUs
share one control port.

ALD Power
Switch

PWRSWITCH

Set this parameter to ON when an RET


antenna is used. The default value is
OFF.

Equipment
plan

Current
Alarm
Threshold

THRESHOLD
TYPE

Set this parameter as follows:

Engineering
design

l If the RRU is connected to the RCU


through the RETPORT in a regular
scenario, set this parameter to
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

l In other scenarios, set this parameter


to UER_SELF_DEFINE.
Undercurren
t Alarm
Occur
Threshold

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

UOTHD

Set these parameters only if the


THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 8.4.3 Precautions.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Engineering
design

58

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Undercurren
t Alarm
Clear
Threshold

UCTHD

Engineering
design

Overcurrent
Alarm
Occur
Threshold

OOTHD

Engineering
design

Overcurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

OCTHD

Engineering
design

Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.
Table 8-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of
the TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device namerelated parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter
is specified, the device name of each
ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located. Set these
parameters based on the control
relationship between the RET antenna
and the RRU or RFU.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

59

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RET Type

RETTYPE

Set this parameter as follows:

Equipment
plan

l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET


for the RET antenna with a single
RET subunit.
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET
for the RET antenna with multiple
RET subunits.
l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET
for the AAS module with passive
antennas.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Number of
RET
Subunits

SUBUNITNU
M

Polar Type

POLARTYPE

Number of RET subunits used by a base


station.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter based on the actual


situation if the RETTYPE parameter is
set to MULTI_RET.
Set this parameter based on the AAS
specifications only when the base station
uses the AAS module with passive
antennas or set this parameter based on
the RET antenna specifications.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan

60

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARIO

l When the RET antenna is connected


to an AAS:
If an AAS module with passive
antennas is used, set this parameter
to DAISY_CHAIN even when you
need to use only one set of antennas
for the RET function. In this case,
specify the VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters because the
antennas in the AAS module are
working in daisy chain mode.

Equipment
plan

l When the RET is connected to an


RRU or RFU:
Set this parameter to REGULAR
if the RET antenna is directly
connected to the RRU or RFU. In
this scenario, VENDORCODE
and SERIALNO parameters do
not need to be specified.
Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN if the two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for RET
antennas must be configured on
the upper-level RRU or RFU of
the daisy chain. The
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.
Vendor
Code

VENDORCOD
E

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for example,
KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN for
an Andrew RET antenna, or HW for a
Huawei Agisson RET antenna or an
AAS module with passive antennas.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

61

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, run the SCN ALD command to
obtain the serial number of the AAS
module. Then set this parameter
according to the mapping between the
serial number and antenna based on the
hardware description specific to the
AAS module.

Table 8-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit.
Table 8-3 Key parameters related to the RET subunit

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an
RET antenna

Equipment plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

This parameter
specifies the RET
subunit number, which
starts from 1.

Equipment plan

Connect Port 1
Cabinet No.

CONNCN1

Equipment plan

Connect Port 1
Subrack No.

CONNSRN1

Connect Port 1
Slot No.

CONNSN1

Connect Port 1
Port No.

CONNPN1

Connect Port 2
Cabinet No.

CONNCN2

Connect Port 2
Subrack No.

CONNSRN2

If no AAS module
with passive antennas
is used, set these
parameters based on
connections between
the RET subunits and
the RF ports on the
RRU or RFU.
If an AAS module
with passive antennas
is used, set these
parameters based on
the connections
between the AAS
module and RF ports
on the RRU or RFU.

Connect Port 2
Slot No.

CONNSN2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

62

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Connect Port 2
Port No.

CONNPN2

Tilt

TILT

Setting Notes

Data Source
Equipment plan

Set this parameter


based on the
engineering design.

Engineering
design

Table 8-4 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt.
Table 8-4 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Tilt

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Table 8-5 describes the parameter that could be set to configure an RET device data.
Table 8-5 Key parameters related to the RET device data

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number
of an RET
antenna. Set this
parameter when
configuring the
RET MO.

Engineering design

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

RET subunit
number. Set this
parameter when
configuring the
RETSUBUNIT
MO.

Engineering design

Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model.
This parameter
is part of the
device data
defined by AISG
protocols. For
details, see
3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

63

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna Serial No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial
number of an
antenna. This
parameter is part
of the device
data defined by
AISG protocols.
For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Band1

BAND1

Equipment plan

Beamwidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

Beamwidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

Gain2

GAIN2

Band3

BAND3

Beamwidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Frequency band
supported by an
antenna and the
corresponding
beam width.
These
parameters are
part of device
data defined in
AISG protocols.
For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

Beamwidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installation Date

DATE

Date on which
an antenna is to
be installed.
This parameter
is part of the
device data
defined by AISG
protocols. For
details, see
3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

Equipment plan

64

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Installer's ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna
installation
person. This
parameter is part
of the device
data defined by
AISG protocols.
For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base
station served by
an antenna. This
parameter is part
of the device
data defined by
AISG protocols.
For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

AISG Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector
served by an
antenna. This
parameter is part
of the device
data defined by
AISG protocols.
For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Antenna Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an
antenna. This
parameter is part
of the device
data defined by
AISG protocols.
For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Installed
Mechanical Tilt

TILT

Mechanical tilt
of an antenna.
This parameter
is part of the
device data
defined by AISG
protocols. For
details, see
3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT. In this scenario, the
AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
Table 8-6 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT.
Table 8-6 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Cabinet No.

CN

Equipment
plan

Subrack No.

SRN

Slot No.

SN

Port No.

PN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located and the control
port number. Set these parameters based
on connections between the RET
antenna and the RRU or RFU. Only one
port on the RRU or RFU can be used as
the control port for the RET antenna. In
a daisy chain scenario, multiple RCUs
share one control port.

ALD Power
Switch

PWRSWITCH

Set this parameter to ON when an ALD


is used. The default value is OFF.

Equipment
plan

Feeder
Length

FEEDERLEN
GTH

This parameter specifies the length of


the feeder connected to the RF port. Set
this parameter to the actual feeder
length.

Equipment
plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

66

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

DL Time
Delay

DLDELAY

Set this parameter based on the device


specifications. Generally, the value is
less than 30 ns.

Equipment
plan

UL Time
Delay

ULDELAY

Set this parameter based on the device


specifications. Generally, the value is
less than 30 ns.

Equipment
plan

Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

THRESHOLD
TYPE

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see Table 8-16.

Engineering
design

Undercurren
t Alarm
Occur
Threshold

UOTHD

Engineering
design

Undercurren
t Alarm
Clear
Threshold

UCTHD

Set these parameters only if the


THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 8.4.3 Precautions.

Overcurrent
Alarm
Occur
Threshold

OOTHD

Engineering
design

Overcurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

OCTHD

Engineering
design

Engineering
design

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
Table 8-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-7 Key parameters related to the TMA


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device namerelated parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter is
specified, the device name of each ALD
must be unique.

Engineering
design

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number, subrack
number, and slot number of the RRU or
RFU where the control port is located.
Set these parameters based on
connections between the TMA and the
RRU or RFU.

Number of
TMA
Subunits

SUBUNITNU
M

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, the value is 2.

Equipment
plan

Vendor
Code

VENDORCO
DE

This parameter is required in a nonregular scenario. Set this parameter to


the actual TMA manufacturer code.

Equipment
plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

This parameter is required in a nonregular scenario. Set this parameter to


the actual TMA serial number.

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Table 8-8 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA subunit.
Table 8-8 Key parameters related to the TMA subunit

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA

Equipment plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

Number of a TMA subunit

Equipment plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Connect Port
Cabinet No.

CONNCN

Equipment plan

Connect Port
Subrack No.

CONNSRN

Set these parameters based on


connections between the TMA
and the RF port on the RRU or
RFU.

Connect Port
Slot No.

CONNSN

Equipment plan

Connect Port
No.

CONNPN

Equipment plan

Mode

MODE

The TMA subunit supports two


working modes, normal mode
and bypass modes:

Equipment plan

Engineering
design

l In normal mode, the TMA


subunit functions and the
TMA amplifies uplink
signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA
subunit works as a straightthrough feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.
Gain

GAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain
value range supported by the
TMA varies according to the
manufacturer and model. Run
the DSP TMADEVICEDATA
command (for eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB) or the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA
command (for GBTS) to query
the value range before setting
the gain.

Engineering
design

If the gain is fixed, this


parameter is optional, or you
can set this parameter to its
actual gain value.

Table 8-9 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

69

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Table 8-9 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RX Channel
No.

RXNO

RX channel number of the RRU or


RFU.

Engineering
design

Logical
Switch of
RX Channel

RXSW

Logical switch for the RX channel of the


RRU or RFU. The default value is ON.

Equipment
plan

Attenuation

ATTEN

l If no TMA is used, set this parameter


to 0.

Engineering
design

l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this


parameter to a value within the range
from 4 dB to 11 dB.
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 11 dB to 22 dB.

Table 8-10 describes the parameters that could be set to configure TMA device data.
Table 8-10 Key parameters related to the TMA device data

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA.


Set this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.

Engineering design

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

RET subunit number. Set


this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.

Engineering design

Connect
Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial number of


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Band1

BAND1

Equipment plan

Beamwidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

Beamwidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

Frequency band supported


by an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
These parameters are part
of device data defined in
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Gain2

GAIN2

Equipment plan

Band3

BAND3

Equipment plan

Beamwidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Equipment plan

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

Beamwidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installation Date

DATE

Date on which an antenna is


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installer's ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna
installation person. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base station served


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

AISG Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector served by an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

71

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an antenna.
This parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installed
Mechanical Tilt

TILT

Mechanical tilt of an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure a RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-1.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
Table 8-11 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-11 Key parameters related to the SASU


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
SASU.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device namerelated parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter is
specified, the device name of each ALD
must be unique.

Engineering
design

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number, subrack
number, and slot number of the RRU or
RFU where the control port is located.
Set these parameters based on
connections between the SASU and the
RRU or RFU.

DC Switch

DCSWITCH

l If the SASU is directly connected to


the RET antenna, set this parameter
to OFF.

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

l If the SASU is connected to the RET


antenna through a TMA, set this
parameter to BS or UMTS.
Vendor
Code

VENDORCO
DE

Set this parameter based on the actual


SASU manufacturer code.

Equipment
plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter based on the actual


SASU serial number.

Equipment
plan

Table 8-12 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU subunit.
Table 8-12 Key parameters related to the SASU subunit

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an SASU

Equipment
plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

Number of an SASU subunit

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port Cabinet
No.

CONNCN

Set these parameters based on


connections between the SASU subunits
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port Subrack
No.

CONNSRN

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port Slot
No.

CONNSN

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port No.

CONNPN

Equipment
plan

Mode

MODE

The SASU subunit supports two


working modes, normal mode and
bypass modes:

Engineering
design

l In normal mode, the SASU amplifies


uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the SASU subunit
works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals.
The default value is NORMAL.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

GSM Gain

BSGAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The value range of
SASU gain varies according to the
manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
SASUDEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain.

Engineering
design

UMTS Gain

UMTSGAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The value range of
SASU gain varies according to the
manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
SASUDEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain.

Engineering
design

DC Load

DCLOAD

Set this parameter only if the


DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS.
If the SASU is connected to the RET
antenna through a TMA, this parameter
must be specified so that the TMA can
be acknowledged by the BTS.

Engineering
design

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.
For parameters that must be set to configure an SASU and SASU subunit in this scenario, see
Table 8-11 and Table 8-12.

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in
the AAS module. For parameters that must be set to configure the RET device data on an
AAS module with passive antennas, see Table 8-5.
Table 8-13 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an
AAS module with passive antennas.
Table 8-13 Key parameters related to the RET function on an AAS module with passive
antennas (MU)

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The ALD device number must be unique


in a base station. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the parameter
value is site_sector+port+device
type_network type. This parameter is
optional. If this parameter is specified,
the device name of each ALD must be
unique.

Engineering
design

Connect Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

These parameters specify the numbers of


the cabinet, subrack, and slot,
respectively, where an AAS module is
located.

Connect Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan
75

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RET Type

RETTYPE

Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET.

Equipment
plan

Number of
RET
Subunits

SUBUNITNU
M

Set this parameter only when the


RETTYPE parameter is set to
MULTI_RET:

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter to 1.


Polarization
Type

POLARTYPE

Set this parameter based on the AAS


module specifications.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARIO

Set this parameter to DAISY_CHAIN .


The DAISY_CHAIN value is
recommended even when you need to
use only one set of antennas for the RET
function. In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters because the antennas in the
AAS module are working in daisy chain
mode.

Equipment
plan

Vendor Code

VENDORCOD
E

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter to HW.


Equipment
Serial No.

SERIALNO

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.

Table 8-14 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Table 8-14 Key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with passive
antennas

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET antenna

Equipment
plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

This parameter specifies the RET


subunit number, which starts from 1.

Equipment
plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Subunit
Name

SUBNAME

This parameter specifies the name of the


RET subunit. The name of the RET
subunit is optional, but the name
configured for each RET subunit must
be unique.

Engineering
design

Connect Port
1 Cabinet
No.

CONNCN1

Set these parameters based on the


connections between the AAS module
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Subrack
No.

CONNSRN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Slot No.

CONNSN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Port No.

CONNPN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Cabinet
No.

CONNCN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Subrack
No.

CONNSRN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Slot No.

CONNSN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Port No.

CONNPN2

Equipment
plan

Tilt

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Table 8-15 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt on
an AAS module with passive antennas.
Table 8-15 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS module with
passive antennas

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Tilt

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)


For the AAU3910, AAU3911, and AAU3961, the RET function on an AAS module is
controlled by an RETPORT on the active module on the AAS module. Table 8-1 describes
the key parameters related to the RETPORT.
For the AAU3920 and AAU3940, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by an
ANTENNAPORT. Table 8-6 describes the key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT.
Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Table 8-3 describes the key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with
passive antennas.
Table 8-4 describes the key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Table 8-5 describes the key parameters related to the RET device data on an AAS module
with passive antennas.

8.4.3 Precautions
This section describes precautions of configuring ALD data, running a command for scanning
ALDs, setting the current alarm threshold type for ALD data.
l

Pay attention to the following restrictions when configuring ALD data:

The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on


simultaneously.

ALD scanning, calibration, downtilt setting, software download, and configuration


file download cannot be performed simultaneously on ALDs.

The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common
TMA for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command
on the NodeB or eNodeB LMT to turn on the power switch and set current alarm
thresholds. (For data preparation details, see Table 8-6.) Then, run the MOD
RXBRANCH command to configure the RX channel attenuation based on the
engineering design. (For data preparation details, see Table 8-9.)

The AISG1.1-based twin TMAs consist of two internal TMAs and perform the
same functions as the two subunits of an AISG2.0-based TMA. The AISG1.1-based
twin TMAs can be configured as two devices, each configured with one subunit. In
this case, batch loading of the TMA software may fail on one of the devices. The
AISG1.1-based twin TMAs can also be configured as one device, which is
configured with two subunits. In this case, the serial number cannot be configured
for the TMA. Otherwise, only one subunit is operational. When an RRU with four
ports is connected to multiple TMAs, the twin TMAs must be configured as two
devices and each configured with one subunit if the AISG1.1-based twin TMAs are
used.

ALDs are automatically scanned when an RET antenna or TMA is added.

ALDs are automatically scanned after an RRU or RFU is reset.

Pay attention to the following restrictions when scanning ALDs:

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

ALDs are scanned based on control link connections. The scanned result shows the
ALDs physically connected to the base station, which is not affected by ALD data
configuration.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

ALDs cannot be scanned if ALD control links are faulty.

After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to
work only after you run the SCN ALD command.

If the antenna is a passive antenna and multiple RF modules share the antenna, there
is a possibility that the RET can be found for only one RF module when you run the
SCN ALD command to scan RETs for these RF modules. In this scenario, you can
run this command separately for the RF module for which the RET cannot be
found.

Use the values shown in Table 8-16 and Table 8-17 to set the current alarm threshold
type for the control port.
Table 8-16 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Reference
Value

Description

Undercu
rrent
Alarm
Occur
Thresho
ld (mA)

Undercu
rrent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

Overcu
rrent
Alarm
Occur
Thresh
old
(mA)

Overcu
rrent
Alarm
Clear
Thresh
old
(mA)

TMA12DB_ON
LY_NON_AISG

For 12 dB TMA
only

30

40

170

150

TMA24DB_ON
LY_NON_AISG

For 24 dB TMA
only

40

60

310

280

RET_ONLY_CO
AXIAL

For RET antenna


only (coaxial
cable)

25

33

150

120

TMA12DB_AIS
G

For 12 dB TMA
+RET antenna or
12 dB TMA only
(AISG)

30

40

450

400

TMA24DB_AIS
G

For 24 dB TMA
+RET antenna or
24 dB TMA only
(AISG)

40

60

850

750

UER_SELF_DE
FINE

User-defined

For details, see the description below.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-17 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)


Reference
Value

Description

Undercu
rrent
Alarm
Occur
Threshol
d (mA)

Undercu
rrent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

Overcu
rrent
Alarm
Occur
Thresh
old
(mA)

Overcu
rrent
Alarm
Clear
Thresh
old
(mA)

RET_ONLY_M
ULTICORE

For RET antenna


only (multi-wire
cable)

10

15

150

120

UER_SELF_DE
FINE

User- defined

For details, see the description below.

Set the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter to UER_SELF_DEFINE in any of the


following scenarios:

RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario.

A smart TMA is used as a common TMA.

The configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei.

An SASU is used.

When the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE, set current


alarm thresholds based on the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following
restrictions:

User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: UOTHD <
UCTHD < OCTHD < OOTHD.

Generally, the UOTHD parameter is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated
operating current, and the UCTHD parameter is set to about 20 mA greater than the
UOTHD parameter. The OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the device
rated operating current, and the OCTHD parameter is set to about 50 mA less than
the OOTHD parameter.

If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the UOTHD parameter is


set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU. The
OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current of all ALDs
controlled by the RRU.

If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the UOTHD


parameter is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by
the RRU. The OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current
of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.

When a base station uses an AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU integrated
in the AAS module is controlled by the RRU or RFU connecting to the AAS module, set
the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter as follows:

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

If the control port is an RETPORT on the RRU or RFU, set this parameter to a
value corresponding to RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.

If the control port is an ANTENNAPORT on the RRU or RFU, set this parameter to
a value corresponding to RET_ONLY_COAXIAL.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI


Configuring ALD data for a Single Base Station
l

eGBTS

For the eGBTS with the UMPT serving as its main control board: configure ALDs
using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details, see 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating a Single Co-MPT Base
Station > Configuring Device Data About the Co-MPT Base Station> Configuring
ALDs > Procedure.

For the eGBTS with the GTMUb serving as its main control board: configure ALDs
using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details, see 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating eGBTSs > Creating a Single eGBTS > Configuring
eGBTS Device Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

NodeB
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating a Single NodeB > Configuring NodeB Device
Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

eNodeB
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating a Single eNodeB > Configuring eNodeB Device
Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

Configuring ALD Data in Batches


Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template.
l

eGBTSs
For the eGBTS with the UMPT serving as its main control board: for details, see 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations >
Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations in Batches (MOC
Export) or 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations in Batches
(Customization Tool) .
For the eGBTS with the GTMUb serving as its main control board: for details, see 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations >
Creating eGBTSs > Creating eGBTSs in Batches (MOC Export) or 3900 Series Base
Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating eGBTSs
> Creating eGBTSs in Batches (Customization Tool).

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

81

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

NodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating NodeBs in Batches (MOC Export)
or 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations
> Creating NodeBs > Creating NodeBs in Batches (Customization Tool).

eNodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating eNodeBs in Batches.

8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML


Commands
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU through its RETPORT.
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-1.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
----End

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.


Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
----End

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.
----End
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-1.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.
----End

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU)
In this scenario, all the following commands can be executed only on the NodeB side.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-11.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-12.
Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

84

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.


Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
----End

Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all the following commands can be executed only on the NodeB side.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain SASU information.
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-11.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-12.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain information about the
TMA and RET antenna. Skip this step if you have obtained the information about the TMA
and RET antenna in Step 2.
Step 6 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.
Step 7 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 8 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 9 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 10 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 12 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 13 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.
Step 14 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.
----End

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)


Step 1 Run the SCN ALD command to scan an AAS module with passive antennas.
Step 2 Run the ADD RET command to add the AAS module and set the related parameters listed in
Table 8-13.
Step 3 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate the passive antennas in the AAS module.
Step 4 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the RET subunit parameters listed in Table
8-14.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the downtilt parameter listed in Table
8-15.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
----End

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)


Step 1 For the AAU3910, AAU3911, and AAU3961, run the MOD RETPORT command to
configure parameters related to the power switch and current alarm threshold on the
RETPORT. For details, see Table 8-1.
For the AAU3920 and AAU3940, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to configure
these parameters, see Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan an AAS module with passive antennas.
NOTE

If multiple RF modules share the AAS antenna, there is a possibility that the RET can be found only for
one RF module when you run the SCN ALD command to scan RETs for these RF modules. In this
scenario, you can run this command separately for the RF module for which the RET cannot be found.

Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add the AAS module and set the related parameters listed in
Table 8-2.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

NOTE

For example, an active unit in an AAU3910 controls all the RETs and the device serial numbers queried
by ALD scanning are AAU3910xxxxxxxx1L, and AAU3910xxxxxxxx1R.
ADD RET: DEVICENO=0, CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0,
RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET, SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, VENDORCODE="HW",
SERIALNO="AAU3910xxxxxxxx1L";
ADD RET: DEVICENO=1, CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0,
RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET, SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, VENDORCODE="HW",
SERIALNO="AAU3910xxxxxxxx1R";
l DEVICENO is configured according to the data plan and is unique.
l CTRLCN, CTRLSRN, and CTRLSN are the cabinet number, subrack number, and slot number of
the control unit. They must be configured based on site condition.
l RETTYPE must be set to SINGLE_RET.
l SCENARIO must be set to DAISY_CHAIN.
l VENDORCODE must be set to HW.

Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate the passive antennas in the AAS module.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the RET subunit parameters listed in Table
8-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the downtilt parameter listed in Table
8-4.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
----End

8.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP ALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to be
upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l

If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on
RET Antennas.

If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.

If the ALD is an SASU, see "SASU software download" in section 4.3.2 Operations on
the SASU.

If the ALD is an AAS, see "RCU software download" in section 4.4.2 Operations on
AAS Modules.

Step 2 If the RET or AAS has no configuration file, load its configuration file as follows:
l

If an RET is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET
Antennas.

If an AAS is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.4.2 Operations on AAS
Modules.

----End

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.4.7 Activation Observation


RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:
l

The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

The active module on the AAS module

Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
NOTE

If only one antenna port on the RF module supports RET, the RF module does not support reporting the
Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is displayed as NULL.

Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query TMA dynamic information.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.
Step 5 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the SASU dynamic information.
This step applies to NodeBs only.
Step 6 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the dynamic information about
SASU subunits. This step applies to NodeBs only.
----End

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in
the AAS module.
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. When an RET subunit is working properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in
the command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the AAS module.
NOTE

The MU does not support reporting the Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is
displayed as NULL

----End

8.4.8 Deactivation
RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

The active module on the AAS module

If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:
l

RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time.

RMV TMA: to remove a TMA. The subunits and device data are removed at the same
time.

RMV SASU: to remove an SASU. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time. This command applies only to NodeBs.

Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


If an AAS module with passive antennas is no longer used, run the RMV RET command to
remove the data records of the RET MO, including the settings of all RET subunits under the
MO and device properties.

8.4.9 Reconfiguration
RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:
l

The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

The active module on the AAS module

When ALD data needs to be reconfigured, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
Follow these steps to reconfigure ALD data:
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.
Step 2 Run the MOD RET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET subunit.
Step 4 Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 5 Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
Step 6 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to modify parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT.
Step 7 Run the MOD TMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
Step 8 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA subunit.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 9 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to adjust RX channel attenuation.


Step 10 Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to adjust a TMA device data.
Step 11 Run the MOD SASU command to modify parameters related to an SASU. This step applies
to NodeBs only.
Step 12 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an SASU subunit.
This step applies to NodeBs only.
NOTE

Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or from an
ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PWRSWITCH parameter that has been set to ON to OFF for the
reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and RETPORT switches on one RRU
cannot be turned on simultaneously.

----End

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in
the AAS module.
Step 1 Run the MOD RET command to modify settings of the RET function parameters on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Step 2 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify the RET subunit parameter settings.
Step 3 Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust the downtilt settings of the AAS module.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 4 Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
----End

8.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

8.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

8.7 Troubleshooting
Table 8-18 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference for the base station.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Table 8-18 Alarms related to ALDs

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

26756

SASU VSWR Threshold Crossed

26759

SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26760

SASU Bypass

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

91

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual


Deployment on GBTS Side)

9.1 When to Use ALD Management


For details, see section 7.1 When to Use ALD Management.

9.2 Required Information


N/A

9.3 Planning
N/A

9.4 Deployment
9.4.1 Requirements
N/A

9.4.2 Data Preparation


Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.
ALD data configuration varies according to scenarios. Different scenarios vary when control
signals are sent to an RET antenna through different RRU or RFU ports and when a TMA is
used.
The scenarios are as follows:
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

92

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM

Generic Data
For details about generic data, see section Generic Data.

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this
scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the
configuration can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 9-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.
Table 9-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RET ALD
Power
Switch

PwrSwitchRE
T

Set this parameter to ON when an RET


antenna is used. The default value is
OFF.

Equipment
plan

RET ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

THRESHOLD
TYPERET

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions.

Engineering
design

RET ALD
Under
Current
Occur
Threshold(
mA)

UnderCurAlm
ThdRET

Set these parameters only if the


THRESHOLDTYPERET parameter is
set to UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 9.4.3 Precautions.

Engineering
design

RET ALD
Under
Current
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

UnderCurClrT
hdRET

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Engineering
design

93

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RET ALD
Over
Current
Occur
Threshold(
mA)

OverCurAlmT
hdRET

Engineering
design

RET ALD
Over
Current
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

OverCurClrTh
dRET

Engineering
design

Table 9-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.
Table 9-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device namerelated parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter is
specified, the device name of each ALD
must be unique.

Engineering
design

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLPORTC
N

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLPORTS
RN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLPORTS
N

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located. Set these
parameters based on the control
relationship between the RET antenna
and the RRU or RFU.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

94

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Control Port
No.

CTRLPORTN
O

Control port number. The value ranges


from 0 to 2. Control ports 0, 1, and 2
correspond to the ports ANT_A,
ANT_B, and RETPORT, respectively.
Only one port on the RRU or RFU can
be used as the control port for the RET
antenna. In a daisy chain scenario,
multiple RCUs share one control port.

Equipment
plan

RETType

RETTYPE

Set this parameter as follows:

Equipment
plan

l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET


for the RET antenna with a single
RET subunit or for the AAS module
with passive antennas.
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET
for the RET antenna with multiple
RET subunits.
Number of
RET
Subunits

SUBUNITNU
M

Number of RET subunits used by a base


station.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter as follows:


l Set this parameter if the RETTYPE
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
l Set this parameter to 1 if the base
station uses the AAS module with
passive antennas.

Polar Type

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

POLARTYPE

Set this parameter based on the AAS


specifications only when the base station
uses the AAS module with passive
antennas or set this parameter based on
the RET antenna specifications.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan

95

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARIO

This parameter specifies how the RET


antenna is connected to an RRU or RFU.

Equipment
plan

l Set this parameter to REGULAR if


the RET antenna is directly
connected to the RRU or RFU. In
this scenario, VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not need
to be specified.
l Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN in the following
two scenarios:
Two RET antennas are cascaded. In
this scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be configured on
the upper-level RRU or RFU of the
daisy chain. The VENDORCODE
and SERIALNO parameters must be
specified. An AAS module with
passive antennas is used. The
DAISY_CHAIN value is
recommended for this parameter
even when you need to use only one
set of antennas for the RET function.
In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters because the antennas in
the AAS module are working in
daisy chain mode.
Vendor
Code

VENDORCO
DE

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for example,
KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN for
an Andrew RET antenna, or HW for a
Huawei Agisson RET antenna or an
AAS module with passive antennas.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

96

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, run the SCN ALD command to
obtain the serial number of the AAS
module. Then set this parameter
according to the mapping between the
serial number and antenna based on the
hardware description specific to the
AAS module.

For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET subunit, see Table 8-3.
For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET device data, see Table
8-5.

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its
ANTENNAPORT. In this scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET
antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be performed in the same way as that for
conventional RET antennas.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2,Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and Table
8-5.
Table 9-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT. This
table assumes that ANT_A is a control port. When any other ANTENNAPORT is the control
port, the key parameters can be similarly configured. For example, when ANT_B is the
control port, the parameter ID PwrSwitchB is configured accordingly.
Table 9-3 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT_A
ALD Power
Switch

PwrSwitchA

Set this parameter to ON when an ALD


is used. The default value is OFF.

Equipment
plan

If this parameter is set to ON, current


alarm thresholds for this port must be
specified.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT_A
ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

ChkModA

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see Table 9-9.

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Over
Current
Occur
Threshold(m
A)

OverCurAlmT
hdA

Set these parameters only if the


ChkModA parameter is set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 9.4.3 Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Over
Current
Clear
Threshold(m
A)

OverCurClrTh
dA

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Under
Current
Occur
Threshold(m
A)

UnderCurAlm
ThdA

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Under
Current
Clear
Threshold(m
A)

UnderCurClrT
hdA

Engineering
design

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and Table
8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
9-3.
Table 9-4 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-4 Key parameters related to the TMA


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of
the TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device namerelated parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter
is specified, the device name of each
ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

TMA Power
Supply Type

PWRSUPPLY
TYPE

Power supply type of a TMA. Set this


parameter based on the specifications
provided by the TMA manufacturer.

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLPORTC
N

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLPORTS
RN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLPORTS
N

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number, subrack
number, and slot number of the RRU or
RFU where the control port is located.
Set these parameters based on control
relationship between the TMA and the
RRU or RFU.

Number of
TMA
Subunits

SUBUNITNU
M

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, the value is 2.

Equipment
plan

Vendor code

VENDORCOD
E

Set this parameter to the actual TMA


manufacturer code.

Equipment
plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter to the actual TMA


serial number.

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

For details about how to configure key parameters related to the TMA subunit, see Table 8-8.
Table 9-5 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

99

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-5 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Tributary 1
Flag

HAVETT1

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_A. If a
TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

ATTENFACT
OR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU or
DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is not set to
DRRU or DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 2
Flag

HAVETT2

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_B. If a
TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

ATTENFACT
OR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU or
DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is not set to
DRRU or DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 3
Flag

HAVETT3

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_C. If a
TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Tributary 3
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU
or GRRU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 4
Flag

HAVETT4

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_D. If a
TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Equipment
plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

100

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Tributary 4
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU
or GRRU.

Engineering
design

Table 9-6 describes the parameters that must be set to TMA device data.
Table 9-6 Key parameters related to the TMA device data

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA.


Set this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.

Engineering design

SubUnit No.

SUBUNITNO

TMA subunit number. Set


this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.

Engineering design

Antenna
Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an antenna. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base station served


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Band1

BAND1

Equipment plan

BeamWidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

BeamWidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

Frequency band supported


by an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
These parameters are part of
device data defined in AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

101

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Gain2

GAIN2

Equipment plan

Band3

BAND3

Equipment plan

BeamWidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Equipment plan

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

BeamWidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installed Date

DATE

Date on which an antenna is


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installed
Mechanical Tilt

TILT

Mechanical tilt of an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installer ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna installation
person. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

AISG Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector served by an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial number of


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Gain Resolution

GAINRESOLU
TION

These parameters are usually


set when a TMA is
delivered. If these
parameters have not been set

Equipment plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Data Source

102

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Subunit Type

SUBUNITTYP
E

Equipment plan

Received Max
Frequency

RXMAXFQ

Received Min
Frequency

RXMINFQ

upon a TMA delivery, you


can set them according to
manuals delivered with the
TMA. This parameter is part
of the device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Transmit Max
Frequency

TXMAXFQ

Equipment plan

Transmit Min
Frequency

TXMINFQ

Equipment plan

Equipment plan
Equipment plan

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT, RET antenna, RET subunit, RET
antenna downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-1, Table 9-2, Table 8-3,
Table 8-4, and Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 9-4, Table 8-8, Table 9-5, and Table 9-6.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the GATM


Table 9-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a GATM.
Table 9-7 Key parameters related to the GATM

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT0 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC0

Set this parameter to ON when ANT0 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT0
Alarm Mode

MODE0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT0 ALD
Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MAJORALM
UP0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

103

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT0 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT0 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC1

Set this parameter to ON when ANT1 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT1
Alarm Mode

MODE1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MAJORALM
UP1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT2 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC2

Set this parameter to ON when ANT2 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT2
Alarm Mode

MODE2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT2 ALD
Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MAJORALM
UP2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT2 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT2 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC3

Set this parameter to ON when ANT3 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT3
Alarm Mode

MODE3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD
Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MAJORALM
UP3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC4

Set this parameter to ON when ANT4 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT4
Alarm Mode

MODE4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MAJORALM
UP4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC5

Set this parameter to ON when ANT5 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT5
Alarm Mode

MODE5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MAJORALM
UP5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Manager
Cabinet No.

MCN

Cabinet number of the managing board.


The managing board is the GTMU or
CCU board that directly communicates
with the GATM.

Engineering
design

Manager
Subrack No.

MSRN

Subrack number of the managing board.


The managing board is the GTMU or
CCU board that directly communicates
with the GATM.

Engineering
design

Manager
Port No.

MPN

Number of the monitoring port on the


managing board that connects to the
GATM

Engineering
design

Table 9-8 describes the parameters that must be set to enable the RET function.
Table 9-8 Key parameters related to the RET function
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique.

Equipment
plan

For details about key parameters related to the RET antenna, RET antenna downtilt, and RET
device data, see Table 9-2, Table 8-4, and Table 8-5.

9.4.3 Precautions
Section 8.4.3 Precautions describes the common precautions for GBTS and eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB.
The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common TMA, you
only need to run the SET BTSRXUBP command to turn on the power switch, set current
alarm thresholds, and configure the RX channel attenuation based on the network plan. For
data preparation details for turning on the power switch and setting the current alarm
thresholds, see Table 9-3. For data preparation details for configuring the RX channel
attenuation, see Table 9-5.
After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to work only
after you run the STR BTSALDSCAN command.
Use the values provided in Table 9-9 and Table 9-10 to set the current alarm threshold type
for the control port.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

107

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-9 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)


Reference
Value

Description

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Threshol
d (mA)

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Threshol
d (mA)

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Thresho
ld (mA)

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

TMA12DB_ONL
Y_NON_AISG

For 12 dB TMA
only

30

40

170

150

TMA24DB_ONL
Y_NON_AISG

For 24 dB TMA
only

40

60

310

280

RET_ONLY_CO
AXIAL

For RET antenna


only (coaxial
cable)

25

33

150

120

TMA12DB_AISG

For 12 dB TMA
+RET antenna or
12 dB TMA only
(AISG)

30

40

450

400

TMA24DB_AISG

For 24 dB TMA
+RET antenna or
24 dB TMA only
(AISG)

40

60

850

750

UER_SELF_DEF
INE1

User-defined

For details, see the description below.

UER_SELF_DEF
INE2

User-defined

For details, see the description below.

UER_SELF_DEF
INE3

User-defined

For details, see the description below.

Table 9-10 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Reference
Value

Description

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Threshol
d (mA)

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Threshol
d (mA)

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Thresho
ld (mA)

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

RET_ONLY_MU
LTICORE

For RET antenna


only (multi-wire
cable)

10

15

150

120

UER_SELF_DEF
INE1

User- defined

For details, see the description below.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Reference
Value

Description

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Threshol
d (mA)

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Threshol
d (mA)

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Thresho
ld (mA)

UER_SELF_DEF
INE2

User- defined

For details, see the description below.

UER_SELF_DEF
INE3

User- defined

For details, see the description below.

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

When the current alarm threshold type is user-defined, set current alarm thresholds based on
the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following restrictions:
l

User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: Under Current Occur
Threshold < Under Current Clear Threshold < Over Current Clear Threshold < Over
Current Occur Threshold.

Generally, the Under Current Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated
operating current, and the Under Current Clear Threshold is set to about 20 mA greater
than the Under Current Occur Threshold. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to
150% to 200% of the device rated operating current, and the Over Current Clear
Threshold is set to about 50 mA less than the Over Current Occur Threshold.

If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to a value that is 150% to 200% of the
total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.

If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated
current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.

There are three user-define types for GBTSs: UER_SELF_DEFINE1,


UER_SELF_DEFINE2, and UER_SELF_DEFINE3. Generally, the value is
UER_SELF_DEFINE1.

9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI


Configuring a Single Base Station
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 9.4.2 Data Preparation. For details, see
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations >
Creating GBTSs > Creating a Single GBTS > Configuring GBTS Device Data > Configuring
ALDs > Procedure.
NOTE

When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station
controller connected to the base station.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Configuring Base Stations in Batches


Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template. Configure
eNodeBs in batches based on the summary data file.
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating GBTSs > Creating GBTSs in Batches.
NOTE

When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station
controller connected to the base station.

9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML


Commands
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
----End

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-3.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

110

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.


Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
----End

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-3.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-4.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit,
see Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

111

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 9-5.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-6.
----End

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-4.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit,
see Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 9-5.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-6.
----End

Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM


Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to set parameters related to a GATM, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-7.
Step 2 Run the SET BTSRETANTENB command to enable the RET function. For details, see
Table 9-8.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

112

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Step 3 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.


Step 4 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 5 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
----End

9.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP BTSALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to
be upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l

If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on
RET Antennas.

If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.

Step 2 If the RET has no configuration file, load its configuration file. For details, see "Configuration
file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.
----End

9.4.7 Activation Observation


Step 1 Run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query TMA dynamic information.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.
----End

9.4.8 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:
l

RMV BTSRET: to remove RET antenna data. The subunits and device data are
removed at the same time.

RMV BTSTMA: to remove TMA data. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

113

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.

9.4.9 Reconfiguration
When you need to reconfigure ALD data, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.
Step 2 Run the MOD BTSRET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET
subunit.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
Step 6 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSTMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
Step 8 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA
subunit.
Step 9 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
NOTE

Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or
from an ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PwrSwitchRET or PwrSwitchA parameter that has
been set to ON to OFF for the reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and
RETPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

Step 10 Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to adjust a TMA device data.
----End
For the scenario of connection to the RET antenna through the GATM, perform the following
steps:
Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to modify parameters related to the port where the
GATM connects to RET antenna.
Step 2 Run the MOD BTSRET command to adjust parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 4 Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
----End
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

114

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

9.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

9.7 Troubleshooting
Table 9-11 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference of the BSC.
Table 9-11 Alarms related to ALDs

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Engineering Guidelines (ALD


Automatic Deployment)

10.1 When to Use ALD Automatic Deployment


It is recommended that ALD Automatic Deployment be used when ALDs have been installed
and the ALDs comply with AISG protocols. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1
and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN9.0 and later.
ALD automatic deployment applies to RETs and TMAs but not SASUs or AAS modules. In
addition, ALD automatic deployment is not supported in GATM scenarios.

10.2 Required Information


N/A

10.3 Planning
N/A

10.4 Deployment
10.4.1 Process
Figure 10-1 describes the process of ALD automatic deployment.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Figure 10-1 ALD automatic deployment

10.4.2 Requirements
License
For details, see section 7.4.1 Requirements.

Base Station
Base stations must have been deployed and commissioned before ALD automatic
deployment.

10.4.3 Data Preparation


Overview
In ALD automatic deployment, the system automatically performs initial configuration for
most ALD data, as described in section 10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration
Process. Only a small amount of ALD data needs to be manually modified or added. The
ALD data that needs manual operation varies depending on the following:
l

Number of RET subunits

Cascading of RET antennas

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

117

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Number of TMA subunits

Connections between the TMA and RRU/RFU

The related scenarios are as follows:


l

Scenario 1: Single-antenna RET antenna not in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-1)

Scenario 2: AISG v2.0-based TMA connected to the RRU/RFU with two RF ports (one
TMA with two TMA subunits) (see Figure 4-10)

Scenario 3: Single-antenna RET antenna in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-4)

Scenario 4: Multi-antenna RET antenna (see Figure 4-1)

Scenario 5: AISG v1.1-based TMA (two TMAs, each with two TMA subunits)

Scenario 6: TMA connected to two cascaded RRUs or RFUs (see Figure 4-11)

Scenario 7: TMA connected to the RRU with four RF ports (see Figure 4-12)
NOTE

In scenario 7, if the RRU with four RF ports is connected to two RET antennas, the TMA and RET
antenna on the RF port ANT_A connecting to the control port for the RET antenna can be automatically
deployed, but the TMA and RET antenna on the RF port ANT_B connecting to the control port for the
RET antenna cannot be automatically deployed. For details about the data configurations, see scenario 3
in section 7.4 "Deploying ALD Management" or scenario 3 in section 8.4 "Deploying ALD
Management."

Obtain an RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer in advance
because the configuration file may be required for commissioning an ALD after initial
configuration is complete.

Manually Configured Data


After ALD automatic configuration is complete, manually modify and add required ALD
data, which must be obtained and recorded locally on the base station.
1.

Common data that needs to be modified


Table 10-1 or Table 10-2 describes the parameters that need to be manually modified
after automatic configuration is complete.
Table 10-1 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB)

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

MO

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

RETSUBU
NIT

Tilt

TILT

Check whether manual


modification is required. If yes,
obtain the method of modifying this
parameter.

TMASUBU
NIT

Mode

MODE

Gain

GAIN

Check whether manual


modification is required. If yes,
obtain the method of modifying this
parameter.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

MO

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

RXBRANC
H

Attenuation

ATTEN

Obtain the modification value for


the RX channel attenuation using
the following formula:
RXBRANCH. ATTEN =
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN Antenna
loss
where
TMASUBUNIT.MODE and
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN: Manually
modified values.

Table 10-2 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (GBTS)

2.

MO

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

BTSRETSU
BUNIT

Tilt

TILT

Check whether manual


modification is required. If yes,
obtain the method of modifying
this parameter.

BTSTMAS
UBUNIT

Mode

MODE

Gain
(0.25db)

GAIN

Check whether manual


modification is required. If yes,
obtain the method of modifying
this parameter.

BTSRXUBP

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

ATTENFACTO
R1

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR1

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

ATTENFACTO
R2

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR2

Obtain the modification value for


the RX channel attenuation using
the following formula:
BTSRXUBP. ATTENFACTOR =
BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN
Antenna loss
where
BTSTMASUBUNIT.MODE and
BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN:
Manually modified values.

Scenario-specific data that needs to be added

Table 10-3 describes the parameters that need to be manually added in scenarios 3 through 7.
There is no need to manually add parameters in scenarios 1 and 2.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-3 Scenario-specific parameters that need to be manually added


Scenari
o Item

Scenario
Description

Configuration
Data

Setting Notes

Scenario
3

Singleantenna RET
antenna in
daisy chain
mode

RET subunit
connection port

Add data of the connection port for the


RETSUBUNIT MO based on
connections between the RET antenna
and RF module.

Multiantenna RET
antenna

RET subunit
connection port

Scenario
4

The vendor code and serial number of the


device identify an RET antenna. The
cabinet number, subrack number, and slot
number identify the RF module where an
RF port connecting to the RET antenna is
located and the port number identifies the
RF port.
Add data of the connection port for the
RETSUBUNIT MO based on
connections between the RET antenna
and RF module.
The ALD device number and subunit
number identify an RET subunit. The
cabinet number, subrack number, and slot
number identify the RF module where an
RF port connecting to the RET antenna is
located and the port number identifies the
RF port.

Scenario
5

Scenario
6

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

AISG v1.1based TMA


(two TMAs,
each with
two TMA
subunits)

TMA subunit
connection port

Add data of the connection port for the


RETSUBUNIT MO based on
connections between the TMA and RF
module.

TMA
connected to
two cascaded
RRUs or
RFUs

TMA subunit
connection port

Manually modify the configuration of


connection ports for the RETSUBUNIT
MO after automatic configuration is
complete. This is because automatic
configuration cannot identify RF ports
ANT_A (R0A) on the two cascaded RF
modules as TMA subunit connection
ports.

RX channel
attenuation

Manually modify attenuation on the four


RX channels of two RF modules.

The vendor code and serial number of the


device identify a TMA. The cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number identify the RF module where an
RF port connecting to the TMA is
located and the port number identifies the
RF port.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Scenari
o Item

Scenario
Description

Configuration
Data

Setting Notes

Scenario
7

TMA
connected to
the RRU
with four RF
ports

TMA subunit
connection port

Manually modify the configuration of the


connection port for the RETSUBUNIT
MO after automatic configuration is
complete. This is because automatic
configuration cannot identify any of the
four RF ports on RF modules as the
TMA subunit connection port.

RX channel
attenuation

Manually modify attenuation on RX


channels of the RF modules.

RET Antenna Configuration File


l

Check whether the RET antenna configuration file needs to be downloaded.


Download the RET antenna configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna
are delivered separately and installed onsite. There is no need to download the
configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna are combined or delivered
together or where an existing RET antenna can be re-used.

Obtain the RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer.

After obtaining the configuration file, record RCU and antenna models of all sectors in a base
station in the site survey report and determine which configuration file to download for a
specific RET antenna based on the model information.

10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task


ALD automatic deployment must be performed on the U2000 Antenna Management System
(AMS) client. This section describes how to start the U2000 AMS client and create an ALD
automatic deployment task.

Starting the U2000 AMS Client


You can start the U2000 AMS client by entering U2000's IP address in the Internet Explorer
(IE) address bar or by using the U2000 client.
Method 1: Entering U2000's IP address in the address bar of the IE
Step 1 In the address bar of the IE, enter U2000 IP address/ams (for example, 10.141.143.253/ams)
and press Enter.
Step 2 In the displayed login window of the U2000 AMS client, input User Name, Password, and
Verification Code.
Note that the user name and password for the U2000 AMS client are the same as those for the
U2000 client.
----End
Method 2: Using the U2000 client
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

121

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

On the U2000 client, choose Maintenance > Antenna Management > Device
Management. The U2000 AMS client is started.

Creating a Task
An ALD automatic deployment task can be created on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page.
After the U2000 AMS client is started, click the Device Management tab. The Device
Management tab page is displayed. Then, click the ALD Auto Deployment tab, as shown in
Figure 10-2.
Figure 10-2 Clicking the ALD Auto Deployment tab

Operators can manage and monitor ALD automatic deployment on a single NE if an ALD
automatic deployment task has been created on the U2000 AMS client.
To create an ALD automatic deployment task for an NE, you can manually select the NE or
import a deployment list that contains the NE information.
NOTE

The preceding deployment list is the one that is exported through the CME described in 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration.

Method 1: Manually selecting an NE


Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Create.
Step 2 Select a target NE and click OK.
You can move one or multiple NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by
clicking

You can move all NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by clicking
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

.
122

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.
----End
Method 2: Importing a deployment list
Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Import NE List.
Step 2 In the displayed Import dialog box, click Browse to select a deployment list and click OK.
The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.
----End

10.4.5 Initial Configuration


Initial configuration for ALD automatic deployment includes automatic configuration and
manual configuration. Manual configuration is performed after automatic configuration.

Automatic Configuration
Step 1 On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select a target NE and click Start, as shown
in Figure 10-3.
Figure 10-3 Starting a task

Step 2 Wait until automatic configuration is complete. During the automatic configuration, Status is
Running.
When automatic configuration is complete, the Progress becomes 100% and the Status
changes to Wait to be acknowledged.
Step 3 Click Export in the Report column to download an ALD automatic configuration report.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Step 4 Check the configuration process and results in the ALD automatic configuration report.
----End

NOTICE
Do not stop an ongoing ALD automatic configuration task. You can perform other operations
only after the automatic configuration is complete.

Manual Configuration (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
Set parameters on the CME configuration interface according to the operation sequence
described in the "Manually Configured Data" section. For instructions on how to perform
the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
You are advised to use the batch configuration function on the CME to manually configure
ALD data for base stations of the same type to improve configuration efficiency. The related
operations are as follows:
Step 1 Export ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to export data of multiple base stations, see CME
Product Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB by choosing different modes. For example, for an eGBTS, choose CME
Management > CME Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation
Related Operations > Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch Configuration in
CME Product Documentation.
The ALD-related MOCs that need to be exported include ANTENNAPORT, RETPORT,
RXBRANCH, RET, RETSUBUNIT, TMA, and TMASUBUNIT.
Step 2 Modify the exported ALD data.
Export the ALD data of multiple base stations to XLS files using the CME, modify the data
for a specific scenario as described in section 9.4.3 "Data Preparation."
Step 3 Import the ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to import data of multiple base stations, see CME
Product Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB by choosing different modes. For example, for an eGBTS, choose CME
Management > CME Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation
Related Operations > Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch Configuration in
CME Product Documentation.
----End

Manual Configuration (GBTS)


You can run MML commands to manually configure ALD data for a GBTS.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-4 describes the MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data.
Table 10-4 MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data
MO

Paramet
er Name

Parameter ID

MML Command

BTSRETSUB
UNIT

Tilt

TILT

MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

BTSTMASUB
UNIT

Mode

MODE

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

BTSTMASUB
UNIT

Gain
(0.25db)

GAIN

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

BTSRXUBP

Antenna
Tributary
1 Factor

ATTENFACTOR1

SET BTSRXUBP

Antenna
Tributary
1 Factor

MRRUATTENFACTOR1

Antenna
Tributary
2 Factor

ATTENFACTOR2

Antenna
Tributary
2 Factor

MRRUATTENFACTOR2

Table 10-5 describes the MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD
data.
Table 10-5 MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD data

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Scenario
Item

Scenario
Description

Configuration Data

MML Command

Scenario 3

Singleantenna RET
antenna in
daisy chain
mode

Connection port for the


BTSRETSUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

Scenario 4

Multi-antenna
RET antenna

Connection port for the


BTSRETSUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

Scenario 6

TMA
connected to
two cascaded

Connection port for the


BTSTMASUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Scenario
Item

Scenario 7

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Scenario
Description

Configuration Data

MML Command

RRUs or
RFUs

RX channel attenuation

SET BTSRXUBP

TMA
connected to
the RRU with
four RF ports

Connection port for the


BTSTMASUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

RX channel attenuation

SET BTSRXUBP

10.4.6 Commissioning
Downloading the RET Antenna Configuration File
To download RET antenna configuration files in batches, perform the following steps on the
U2000 AMS client:
Step 1 On the U2000 AMS client, click the Configuration tab.
Step 2 Select an NE and then an RET subunit on the displayed RET Subunit tab page. Multiple NEs
of the same version can be selected and multiple RET subunits can be selected for the same
NE.
Step 3 Choose Transfer GFG File > From OSS Client to OSS Server to upload the target RET
antenna configuration files from your local client to the U2000 server.
Step 4 On the RET Subunit tab page, click Export Configuration Template to export the template
for downloading configuration files for the RET antenna in batches.
Step 5 Input the configuration file name and tilt for each RET subunit in the exported template. If the
tilt is not specified for an RET subunit, the original tilt remains unchanged.
Step 6 Click Import Configuration Template to import the template for downloading configuration
files for the RET antenna in batches. The system automatically downloads configuration files
for the RET antenna, calibrates the RET antenna, and sets the downtilt.
Step 7 Click Export Configuration Report to export the report of downloading configuration files
for the RET antenna in batches.
Step 8 Check the process and results in the report of downloading configuration files for the RET
antenna in batches.
----End

10.4.7 Activation Observation


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit
works properly.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If the
values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of RET
subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
NOTE

If only one antenna port on the RF module supports RET, the RF module does not support reporting the
Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is displayed as NULL.

Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query dynamic information about the
TMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual
number of TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.
----End

GBTS
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit
works properly.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If
the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of
RET subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query dynamic information about the
TMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual
number of TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.
----End

10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete


After an ALD automatic deployment task is complete for an NE, you need to check that ALD
automatic deployment is complete on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page of the U2000
AMS client.
On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select an NE whose Status is Wait to be
acknowledged and click Acknowledge.
The value of Status for the NE changes to Completed.

10.4.9 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, run an appropriate command to remove the ALD data. Then
power off the ALD and return the corresponding attenuation parameters to the default value.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
l

Using the U2000 AMS

1.

In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as
shown in Figure 10-4.
Figure 10-4 Configuration tab page

2.

On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is
to be removed in area 1.

3.

In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data
of the ALD and its subunits is removed.

Using MML commands

RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.

RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Step 2 Power off the ALD:


l

Using the U2000 AMS

1.

In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port
where the power switch for the removed ALD is located.

2.

In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only on
one port at a time.

Using MML commands

If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD
RETPORT command to power off the RETPORT.

If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Step 3 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.
----End
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

GBTS
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
l

Using the U2000 AMS

1.

In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as
shown in Figure 10-4.

2.

On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is
to be removed in area 1.

3.

In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data
of the ALD and its subunits is removed.

Using MML commands

RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.

RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Step 2 Power off the ALD:


l

Using the U2000 AMS

1.

In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port
where the power switch for the removed ALD is located.

2.

In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only on
one port at a time.

Using MML commands

If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the RETPORT.

If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Step 3 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.
----End

10.4.10 Reconfiguration
If ALD data needs to be reconfigured after initial configuration is complete, you can use
either of the following ways:
l

Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration and then enable ALD automatic
deployment to restart initial configuration.

Run MML commands to reconfigure ALD data.

Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (eGBTS/NodeB/


eNodeB)
Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Run the following command to remove the ALD data:

RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.

RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.


Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2.

3.

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Power off the ALD:

If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD
RETPORT command to power off the RETPORT.

If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.
----End

Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (GBTS)


Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1.

2.

3.

Run the following command to remove the ALD data:

RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.

RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Power off the ALD:

If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the RETPORT.

If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.
----End

Running MML Commands (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


See section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Running MML Commands (GBTS)


See section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

10.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

10.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

10.7 Troubleshooting
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Table 10-6 lists the alarms related to ALDs for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB. If an alarm is
reported, handle the alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.
Table 10-6 Alarms related to eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB ALDs
Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

GBTS
Table 10-7 lists the alarms related to ALDs for a GBTS. If an alarm is reported, handle the
alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.
Table 10-7 Alarms related to GBTS ALDs

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss


Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process


Figure 10-5 describes the process of ALD automatic configuration.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Figure 10-5 ALD automatic configuration process

Turing on the ALD Power Switch


The system attempts to turn on the ALD power switch for the RETPORT or
ANTENNAPORT MOs.
l

If an ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch is turned on. The system starts scanning the ALD and ALD automatic
configuration continues.

If no ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch cannot be turned on. The system turns off the ALD power switch and ALD
automatic configuration ends.

For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-8 and Table 10-9 describe the parameters for
configuring the RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.
Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

133

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-8 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO


Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Cabinet
No.

CN

Subrack
No.

SRN

Slot No.

SN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port
for an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU where
the control port is located and the
control port number.

Port No.

PN

These parameters are


set to the cabinet
number, subrack
number, and slot
number of the RRU
where the RETPORT is
located and the port
number of the
RETPORT. The system
attempts to turn on the
ALD power switch on
the RETPORT.

ALD
Power
Switch

PWRSWIT
CH

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or
to OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Current
Alarm
Threshold

THRESH
OLDTYPE

This parameter is set to


the default value
RET_ONLY_MULTI
CORE.

Table 10-9 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Paramete
r Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CN

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

SRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port
for an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located and
the control port number.

Control
Port Slot
No.

SN

These parameters are


set to the cabinet
number, subrack
number, and slot
number of the RRU
where the
ANTENNAPORT is
located and the port
number of the
RETPORT. The system
attempts to turn on the
ALD power switch on
the ANTENNAPORT.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

PN

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

134

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Paramete
r Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

ALD
Power
Switch

PWRSWIT
CH

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Current
Alarm
Threshold

THRESH
OLDTYPE

This parameter is set to


the default value
TMA24DB_AISG.

For a GBTS, Table 10-10 and Table 10-11 describe the parameters for configuring the
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-10 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO
Paramete
r Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

RET ALD
Power
Switch

PwrSwitch
RET

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

RET ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

THRESH
OLDTYPE
RET

This parameter is set to


the default value
RET_ONLY_MULTI
CORE.

Table 10-11 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

ANT_A
ALD
Power
Switch

PwrSwitch
A

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or
to OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

ANT_A
ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

ChkModA

This parameter is set to


the default value
TMA24DB_AISG.

Scanning ALDs
The system starts scanning ALDs after the ALD power switch is turned on. The system will
scan a connected ALD and existing data of the ALD. The ALD data is used for later
automatic configuration.

Configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs


After an RET antenna is scanned, the system automatically configures the RET and
RETSUBUNIT MOs.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-12 and Table 10-13 describe the parameters for
configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-12 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

The device number of each ALD in


a base station must be unique. Note
that the RET antenna's DEVICENO
must be different from the TMA's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICE
NAME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the


device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number,
for example,
RET_0_60_0_1.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CTRLCN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port
for an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

136

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLSR
N

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLSN

RET Type

RETTYP
E

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Set this parameter as follows:

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

l Set this parameter to


SINGLE_RET for the RET
antenna with a single RET
subunit.
l Set this parameter to
MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.

Number of
RET
Subunits

SUBUNI
TNUM

Number of RET subunits used by a


base station.

Polar Type

POLART
YPE

This parameter is set to


DUAL.

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARI
O

This parameter specifies how the


RET antenna is connected to an
RRU or RFU.

If only one RET


antenna is scanned on a
control port, this
parameter is set to
REGULAR.

Set this parameter if the RETTYPE


parameter is set to MULTI_RET.

l Set this parameter to


REGULAR if the RET antenna
is directly connected to the RRU
or RFU. In this scenario,
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not
need to be specified.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

If multiple RET
antennas are scanned on
a control port, this
parameter is set to
DAISY_CHAIN.

l Set this parameter to


DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be
configured on the upper-level
RRU or RFU of the daisy chain.
The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

137

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Vendor
Code

VENDOR
CODE

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for
example, KA for a Kathrein RET
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

This parameter is mandatory in


daisy chain scenarios.
Serial No.

SERIALN
O

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.
This parameter is mandatory in
daisy chain scenarios.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Table 10-13 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

Device number of an RET antenna

Device number of an
RET antenna

Subunit
No.

SUBUNI
TNO

This parameter specifies the RET


subunit number, which starts from 1.

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Subunit
Name

SUBNAM
E

This parameter specifies the name of


the RET subunit. The name of the
RET subunit is optional, but the
name configured for each RET
subunit must be unique.

This parameter must be


manually configured.

Connect
Port 1
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN
1

Connect
Port 1
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N1

Connect
Port 1 Slot
No.

CONNSN
1

l If single-antenna
RET antennas are
used and the RET
antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
connection port 1 is
set to R0A on the
RRU where the
control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to R0B on the
RRU where the
control port is
located.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

138

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Connect
Port 1 Port
No.

CONNPN
1

Connect
Port 2
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN
2

Connect
Port 2
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N2

Connect
Port 2 Slot
No.

CONNSN
2

Connect
Port 2 Port
No.

CONNPN
2

Tilt

TILT

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration
l If a multi-antenna
RET antenna is used
or if single-antenna
RET antennas work
in daisy chain mode,
neither connection
port 1 nor
connection port 2 is
set.

This parameter is set to


the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

For a GBTS, Table 10-14 and Table 10-15 describe the parameters for configuring the RET
and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-14 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

The device number of each ALD in


a base station must be unique. Note
that the RET antenna's DEVICENO
must be different from the TMA's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

139

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device
Name

DEVICE
NAME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the


device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CTRLPO
RTCN

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLPO
RTSRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port
for an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located.

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLPO
RTSN

Control
Port No.

CTRLPO
RTNO

Control port number. The value


ranges from 0 to 2. Control ports 0,
1, and 2 correspond to the ports
ANT_A, ANT_B, and RETPORT,
respectively. Only one port on the
RRU or RFU can be used as the
control port for the RET antenna. In
a daisy chain scenario, multiple
RCUs share one control port.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

RETType

RETTYP
E

Set this parameter as follows:

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

l Set this parameter to


SINGLE_RET for the RET
antenna with a single RET
subunit.
l Set this parameter to
MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Number of
RET
Subunits

SUBUNI
TNUM

Polar Type

POLART
YPE

Number of RET subunits used by a


base station.
Set this parameter if the RETTYPE
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
-

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

This parameter is set to


DUAL.
140

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARI
O

This parameter specifies how the


RET antenna is connected to an
RRU or RFU.

If only one RET


antenna is scanned on a
control port, this
parameter is set to
REGULAR.

l Set this parameter to


REGULAR if the RET antenna
is directly connected to the RRU
or RFU. In this scenario,
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not
need to be specified.

If multiple RET
antennas are scanned on
a control port, this
parameter is set to
DAISY_CHAIN.

l Set this parameter to


DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be
configured on the upper-level
RRU or RFU of the daisy chain.
The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.
Vendor
Code

VENDOR
CODE

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for
example, KA for a Kathrein RET
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

This parameter is mandatory in


daisy chain scenarios.
Serial No.

SERIALN
O

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.
This parameter is mandatory in
daisy chain scenarios.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Table 10-15 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICEN
O

Device number of an RET antenna

Device number of an
RET antenna

SubUnit
No.

SUBUNIT
NO

This parameter specifies the RET


subunit number, which starts from
1.

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

141

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Connect
Port 1
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN
1

Connect
Port 1
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N1

Connect
Port 1 Slot
No.

CONNSN1

Connect
Port 1 Port
No.

CONNPN1

Connect
Port 2
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN
2

Connect
Port 2
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N2

l If single-antenna
RET antennas are
used and the RET
antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
connection port 1 is
set to 0 (ANT_A)
on the RRU where
the control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to 1 (ANT_B) on
the RRU where the
control port is
located.
l If a multi-antenna
RET antenna is used
or if single-antenna
RET antennas work
in daisy chain mode,
neither connection
port 1 nor
connection port 2 is
set.

Connect
Port 2 Slot
No.

CONNSN2

Connect
Port 2 Port
No.

CONNPN2

Tilt
(0.1degree)

TILT

This parameter is set to


the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

Configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs


After a TMA is scanned, the system automatically configures the TMA and TMASUBUNIT
MOs.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

142

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-16 and Table 10-17 describe the parameters for
configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-16 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICEN
O

The device number of each ALD in


a base station must be unique. Note
that the TMA's DEVICENO must
be different from the RET antenna's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICEN
AME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the


device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CTRLCN

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLSRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port
for an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located.
Set these parameters based on
connections between the TMA and
the RRU or RFU.

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLSN

Number of
TMA
Subunits

SUBUNIT
NUM

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, this
parameter is set to 2.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Vendor
Code

VENDOR
CODE

This parameter is mandatory in a


non-regular scenario. Set this
parameter to the actual TMA
manufacturer code.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Serial No.

SERIALN
O

This parameter is mandatory in a


non-regular scenario. Set this
parameter to the actual TMA serial
number.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

143

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-17 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO


Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICEN
O

Device number of a TMA

Device number of a
TMA

Subunit
No.

SUBUNIT
NO

Number of a TMA subunit

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Connect
Port
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN

Connect
Port
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N

Connect
Port Slot
No.

CONNSN

Connect
Port No.

CONNPN

l If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
connection port 1 is
set to R0A on the
RRU where the
control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to R0B on the
RRU where the
control port is
located.
l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, connection ports
are not set.

Mode

MODE

The TMA subunit supports two


working modes: normal mode and
bypass mode:

This parameter is set to


the actual working
mode of the TMA
subunit obtained from
the output of the DSP
TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

l In normal mode, the TMA


subunit functions and the TMA
amplifies uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA
subunit works as a straightthrough feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.
Gain

GAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain value
range supported by the TMA varies
according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting
the gain.

This parameter is set to


the actual gain of the
TMA subunit obtained
from the output of the
DSP TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

If the gain is fixed, this parameter is


optional, or you can set this
parameter to its actual gain value.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

For a GBTS, Table 10-18 and Table 10-19 describe the parameters for configuring the TMA
and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-18 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

The device number of each ALD in


a base station must be unique. Note
that the TMA's DEVICENO must
be different from the RET antenna's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICE
NAME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the


device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

TMA
Power
Supply
Type

PWRSUP
PLYTYPE

This parameter is set to


the default value
SINGLE_PORT_PO
WER.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CTRLPO
RTCN

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLPO
RTSRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number,
subrack number, and slot number of
the RRU or RFU where the control
port is located for an RET antenna.
Set these parameters based on
control relationship between the
TMA and the RRU or RFU.

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLPO
RTSN

Number of
TMA
Subunits

SUBUNI
TNUM

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, the value is 2.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Vendor
code

VENDOR
CODE

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Serial No.

SERIALN
O

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

145

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-19 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO


Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

Device number of a TMA

Device number of a
TMA

SubUnit
No.

SUBUNI
TNO

Number of a TMA subunit

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Connect
Port
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN

Connect
Port
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N

Connect
Port Slot
No.

CONNSN

Connect
Port Port
No.

CONNPN

l If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
connection port 1 is
set to 0 (ANT_A) on
the RRU where the
control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to 1 (ANT_B) on
the RRU where the
control port is
located.
l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, connection ports
are not set.

Mode

MODE

The TMA subunit supports two


working modes, normal mode and
bypass modes:

This parameter is set to


the actual working
mode of the TMA
subunit obtained from
the output of the DSP
TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

l In normal mode, the TMA


subunit functions and the TMA
amplifies uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA
subunit works as a straightthrough feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Gain
(0.25db)

GAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain value
range supported by the TMA varies
according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA
command to query the value range
before setting the gain. If the gain is
fixed, this parameter is optional, or
you can set this parameter to its
actual gain value.

This parameter is set to


the actual gain of the
TMA subunit obtained
from the output of the
DSP TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

Configuring the RX Channel Attenuation


You need to configure the correspondingRX channel attenuation after MODE and GAIN have
been configured for the TMASUBUNIT MO.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-20 describes the parameters for configuring the RX
channel attenuation.
Table 10-20 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

RX
Channel
No.

RXNO

RX channel number of the RRU or


RFU.

RX channel number of
port 0 is set to that of
RF port R0A and RX
channel number of port
1 is set to that of RF
port R0B.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

147

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Attenuatio
n

ATTEN

l If no TMA is used, set this


parameter to 0.

l If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
this parameter is set
to
TMASUBUNIT.G
AIN minus 4 for
TMA subunits
working in normal
mode or to the
default value 0 for
TMA subunits
working in bypass
mode.

l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this


parameter to a value within the
range from 4 dB to 11 dB.
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the
range from 11 dB to 22 dB.

l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, this parameter is
not set.

For a GBTS, Table 10-21 describes the parameters for configuring the RX channel
attenuation.
Table 10-21 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Antenna
Tributary 1
Flag

HAVETT1

This parameter specifies whether a


TMA is connected to RF port
ANT_A. If a TMA is connected,
set this parameter to YES.

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

ATTENFA
CTOR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
set to DRRU or DRFU.

Antenna tributary 1 is
the RX channel on port
0 (ANT_A). Antenna
tributary 2 is the RX
channel on port 1
(ANT_A).

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

MRRUAT
TENFACT
OR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
not set to a value other than DRRU
or DRFU.

Antenna
Tributary 2
Flag

HAVETT2

This parameter specifies whether a


TMA is connected to RF port
ANT_B. If a TMA is connected, set
this parameter to YES.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
the RX channel
attenuation is set to
either of the
following values:
l TMASUBUNIT.GA
IN minus 4: The
TMA subunits are
working in normal
mode.
l 0 (default value):
The TMA subunits
are working in
148

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

ATTENFA
CTOR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
set to DRRU or DRFU.

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

MRRUAT
TENFACT
OR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
set to a value other than DRRU or
DRFU.

bypass mode and the


antenna tributary
flag is set to Yes.
l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, the RX channel
attenuation is not
set.

Multimode Base Station ALD Automatic Configuration


If an RRU or RFU connected to ALDs works in multiple modes, the system uses the
following rules when implementing ALD automatic deployment:
l

Parameters related to the ALD power switch and RX channel attenuation of the RRU or
RFU must be set to the same values in modes that manage the RRU or RFU.

ALD parameters other than the preceding ones must be configured only in one of all
modes that manage the RRU or RFU.

The mode can be selected on the U2000 AMS client by choosing Configuration > MBTS
Management > MBTS Priority Settings. A mode of a higher priority is preferred.
Therefore, you need to set mode priorities before ALD automatic deployment.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

149

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

11

Parameters

Table 11-1 Parameters


MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

SCENA
RIO

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

LST
RET

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the


antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
number of the device must be correctly configured in
a non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
SECTOR_SPLITTING, or 2G_EXTENSION.

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),


DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN),
SECTOR_SPLITTING(SECTOR_SPLITTING),
2G_EXTENSION(2G_EXTENSION)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
SECTOR_SPLITTING, 2G_EXTENSION
Default Value: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

150

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMASU
BUNIT

MODE

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the working mode of the TMA


subunit. If the TMA subunit works in BYPASS mode,
it does not amplify the uplink signals. If this
parameter is set to DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is
invalid and the actual mode is not changed.

LST
TMASU
BUNIT

WRFD060003

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RET

RETTY
PE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

MOD
RETTIL
T

WRFD060003

LST
RET

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

GUI Value Range: NORMAL(NORMAL),


BYPASS(BYPASS),
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT_
VALUE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
Default Value: NORMAL(NORMAL)
Meaning: Indicates the antenna type. This parameter
can be set to SINGLE_RET or MULTI_RET.
GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RET(SINGLE_RET),
MULTI_RET(MULTI_RET)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SINGLE_RET, MULTI_RET
Default Value: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

VENDO
RCODE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.

MOD
RET

WRFD060003

LST
RET

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RET

SERIAL
NO

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

WRFD060003

LST
RET

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The


vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
an ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETPO
RT

CN

DSP
RETPO
RT

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU


where the RET port is located.

RETPO
RT

RETPO
RT

SRN

SN

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

GUI Value Range: 0

LST
RETPO
RT

Unit: None

MOD
RETPO
RT

Default Value: None

DSP
RETPO
RT

Actual Value Range: 0

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU


where the RET port is located.
GUI Value Range: 60~254

LST
RETPO
RT

Unit: None

MOD
RETPO
RT

Default Value: None

DSP
RETPO
RT

Actual Value Range: 60~254

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU where


the RET port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0

LST
RETPO
RT

Unit: None

MOD
RETPO
RT

Default Value: None

Actual Value Range: 0

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETPO
RT

PN

DSP
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET port on an


RRU. This parameter is set to RET_PORT.

LST
RETPO
RT
MOD
RETPO
RT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: RET_PORT(RET_PORT)


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RET_PORT
Default Value: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETPO
RT

PWRS
WITCH

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply


switch. If SINGLE_RET(Single-antenna Remote
Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET(Multi-antenna
Remote Electrical Tilt Unit) or RAE(Remote
eAntenna Extension) is used, the ALD power supply
switch must be set to ON. In actual running, the RRU
automatically sets this switch to OFF for an RET port
when the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal alarm is reported due to overcurrent,
overcurrent protection, or undercurrent protection (the
RRU supports undercurrent protection and Low
Current Protect Switch is set to ON for the RRU) on
the RET port. For details, see ALM-26530 RF Module
ALD Current Abnormal.
GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETPO
RT

THRES
HOLDT
YPE

MOD
RETPO
RT

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm


threshold. The current alarm threshold for the ALDs
(excluding user-defined ALDs), that is, for RET
antennas only (multi-wire cable), must be selected
according to the ALD type. The Undercurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold is 10 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 15 mA, the Overcurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold is 150 mA, and the Overcurrent
Alarm Clear Threshold is 120 mA. This parameter can
be set to UER_SELF_DEFINE or
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.

LST
RETPO
RT

GUI Value Range:


UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED),
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE(RET_ONLY_MULTICO
RE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
Default Value:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)
RETPO
RT

UOTHD

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller
than this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is reported. The specific
problem is undercurrent.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: 0~3500

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Default Value: 40

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETPO
RT

UCTHD

MOD
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is cleared.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 60

LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETPO
RT

OOTHD

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
is lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
prevails. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is reported and the specific problem is
overcurrent.When the overcurrent alarm occur
threshold is higher than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, the maximum current
supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
alarm threshold. When the ALD current value is the
same as or greater than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, ALM-26530 RF Module
ALD Current Abnormal is reported and the specific
problem is overcurrent protection.
GUI Value Range: 0~3500
Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 185

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETPO
RT

OCTHD

MOD
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
is lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than
this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clear
threshold is higher than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, the maximum current
supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
alarm threshold. When the ALD current value is lower
than the maximum current supported by the hardware,
ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal is
cleared.

LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 155

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
RET

DEVIC
ENO

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

DSP
RET
LST
RET
MOD
RET
RMV
RET
RST
ALD

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.


The device number of the ALD must be unique.
GUI Value Range: 0~125
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

DEVIC
ENAME

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,


which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
set the device name in the following format:
sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Singleantenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
(Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
(Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote eAntenna
Extension). Network type: indicates whether the
current ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE
network. The device name is optional, but the device
name configured for each ALD must be unique.

DSP
RAEDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RAEFU
NCTIO
N
DSP
RAESU
BUNIT
DSP
RET

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
RET

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

CTRLC
N

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DSP
ALDVE
R
MOD
RET
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD

GUI Value Range: 0~62


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

DSP
RET
LST
RET
RET

CTRLS
RN

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

DSP
ALDVE
R
MOD
RET
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

LST
RET

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

CTRLS
N

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DSP
ALDVE
R
MOD
RET
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD

GUI Value Range: 0~8


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

DSP
RET
LST
RET
RET

SUBUN
ITNUM

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

LST
RET

WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RET


subunits.
GUI Value Range: 1~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: 1

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

POLAR
TYPE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

Meaning: Indicates the polarization type of the


antenna. This parameter can be set to SINGLE or
DUAL.

LST
RET

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: DUAL(DUAL)

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: SINGLE(SINGLE),


DUAL(DUAL)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SINGLE, DUAL

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETSU
BUNIT

DEVIC
ENO

CLB
RET
DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.


GUI Value Range: 0~125
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

LST
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETTIL
T

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETSU
BUNIT

SUBUN
ITNO

CLB
RET

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,


which starts from 1.

DLD
RETCF
GDATA

GUI Value Range: 1~8


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~8

DSP
RETSU
BUNIT

Default Value: None

LST
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
RETSU
BUNIT

CONNC
N1

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNS
RN1

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Default Value: 255

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNS
N1

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.

LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~8,255


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
Default Value: 255

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNP
N1

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Meaning: Indicates the port number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
R0F, R0G, R0H
Default Value: R0A(R0A)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNC
N2

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
used.

LST
RETSU
BUNIT

GUI Value Range: 0~62,255


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNS
RN2

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
used.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 255

GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNS
N2

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
used.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 255

LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~8,255


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8,255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNP
N2

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the port number of RRU or RFU


that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter is
valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,


R0F, R0G, R0H

GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),


R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
Unit: None

Default Value: R0B(R0B)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETSU
BUNIT

TILT

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the antenna tilt of the RET


subunit. If this parameter is set to 32767, it is invalid
and the actual tilt is not changed.

MOD
RETTIL
T
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: -100~300,32767


Unit: 0.1degree
Actual Value Range: -10~30,3276.7, step:0.1
Default Value: 32767

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETDE
VICED
ATA

DEVIC
ENO

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.


GUI Value Range: 0~125
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

SUBUN
ITNO

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,


which starts from 1.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 1~8


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETDE
VICED
ATA

MODEL
NO

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna


module.
GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

SERIAL
NO

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RET


antenna module.

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BAND1

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

168

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
1

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 0

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETDE
VICED
ATA

GAIN1

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.


GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

169

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BAND2

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
2

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 0

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

GAIN2

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BAND3

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

171

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
3

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 0

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETDE
VICED
ATA

GAIN3

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.


GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

172

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BAND4

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
4

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 0

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

GAIN4

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETDE
VICED
ATA

DATE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is


installed.
GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

174

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

INSTAL
LERID

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation


technician who installed the antenna.

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BSID

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1based RET antennas support a maximum length of 12
characters for the base station ID. If the input base
station ID has more than 12 characters, only the first
12 characters are saved on the RET antenna.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters


Unit: None
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

175

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

SECTO
RID

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID. AISG1.1based RET antennas support a maximum sector ID
length of 4 characters. If the input sector ID has more
than 4 characters, only the first 4 characters are saved
on the RET antenna.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters


Unit: None
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEARI
NG

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.


GUI Value Range: 0~359
Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

176

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

TILT

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the


installation.

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: -100~300


Unit: 0.1degree
Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

CN

CFM
TMAC
ONNEC
TION
DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU where the antenna port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0~62
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62
Default Value: None

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

177

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

SRN

CFM
TMAC
ONNEC
TION

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU where the antenna port is located.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Unit: None

DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254


Default Value: None

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

SN

CFM
TMAC
ONNEC
TION
DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU where the antenna port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

178

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

PN

DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

Meaning:

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

CFM
TMAC
ONNEC
TION

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Indicates the number of the antenna port on the RRU


or RFU.For the RRU that works in TDD mode and
has eight channels to be connected to the antenna, the
service channels are ANT1 to ANT8 and the
corresponding ports on the antenna are R0A to R0H.
For the RRU that works in TDD mode and does not
have eight channels or the RRU that works in FDD
mode, the service channels are named from ANT0 and
the corresponding port on the antenna is R0A.
GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
R0F, R0G, R0H
Default Value: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

PWRS
WITCH

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply


switch. The ALD power supply switches for the
SINGLE_RET (Single-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt
Unit), MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical
Tilt Unit), STMA (Smart Tower-mounted Amplifier),
SASU (Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE
(Remote eAntenna Extension) must be set to ON. In
actual running, the RRU/RFU automatically sets this
switch to OFF for an Antenna port when the
ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal
alarm is reported due to overcurrent, overcurrent
protection, or undercurrent protection (the RRU/RFU
supports undercurrent protection and Low Current
Protect Switch is set to ON for the RRU/RFU) on the
Antenna port. For details, see ALM-26530 RF Module
ALD Current Abnormal.
GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

179

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

FEEDE
RLENG
TH

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the length of the feeder at the


antenna port.

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 0(metric system);0(imperial system)

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);


0~3281(imperial system)
Unit: m(metric system);ft(imperial system)
Actual Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);
0~3281(imperial system)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

DLDEL
AY

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Meaning: Indicates the downlink delay of the antenna,


that is, the propagation delay from the output port of
an RF unit to the antenna port. If no TMA is
configured, this parameter is set to the propagation
delay of the feeder. In typical scenarios, the
transmission speed of signals in feeders is 0.88 times
the speed of light, and therefore the propagation delay
of feeders can be calculated using the following
formula: (feeder length x 10 x 100)/(3 x 88). In this
formula, the propagation delay of feeders is in units of
ns and the feeder length is in units of m. If the TMA is
configured, the value of this parameter also includes
the delay of the TMA. For details about the delay of
the TMA, see the document provided by the TMA
manufacturer.
GUI Value Range: 0~100000
Unit: ns
Actual Value Range: 0~100000
Default Value: 100

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

180

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

ULDEL
AY

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the uplink delay of the antenna,


that is, the propagation delay from the antenna port to
the input port of an RF unit. If no TMA is configured,
this parameter is set to the propagation delay of the
feeder. In typical scenarios, the transmission speed of
signals in feeders is 0.88 times the speed of light, and
therefore the propagation delay of feeders can be
calculated using the following formula: (feeder length
x 10 x 100)/(3 x 88). In this formula, the propagation
delay of feeders is in units of ns and the feeder length
is in units of m. If the TMA is configured, the value of
this parameter also includes the delay of the TMA.
For details about the delay of the TMA, see the
document provided by the TMA manufacturer.

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GUI Value Range: 0~100000


Unit: ns
Actual Value Range: 0~100000
Default Value: 100

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

THRES
HOLDT
YPE

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm


threshold. The current alarm thresholds for ALDs
(excluding user-defined ALDs) must be selected
according to the ALD type and connection mode. For
12 dB non-AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold is 30 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 40 mA, the Overcurrent Occur
Alarm Threshold is 170 mA, and the Overcurrent
Alarm Clear Threshold is 150 mA. For 24 dB nonAISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 310 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 280 mA. For RET (coaxial) only:
the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 25 mA,
the Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 33 mA,
the Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 150 mA,
and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 120
mA. For 12 dB TMA and RET or 12 dB TMA (AISG)
only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 30
mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 40
mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 450
mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is
400 mA. For 24 dB TMA and RET or 24 dB TMA
(AISG) only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 850 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 750 mA. This parameter can be set
to UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG, or
TMA24DB_AISG.

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

GUI Value Range:


UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED),
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA12DB_ONLY_
NON_AISG),
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA24DB_ONLY_
NON_AISG),
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL(RET_ONLY_COAXIAL),
TMA12DB_AISG(TMA12DB_AISG),
TMA24DB_AISG(TMA24DB_AISG)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

182

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG,
TMA24DB_AISG
Default Value:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

UOTHD

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller
than this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is reported. The specific
problem is undercurrent.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: 0~3500

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Default Value: 40

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

183

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

UCTHD

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is cleared.

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 60

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

OOTHD

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is reported. The specific
problem is overcurrent. When the overcurrent alarm
occur threshold is lower than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, the overcurrent alarm
occur threshold prevails. When the overcurrent alarm
occur threshold is higher than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, the maximum current
supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
alarm occur threshold.
GUI Value Range: 0~3500
Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 185

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

184

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

OCTHD

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
is lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than
this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clear
threshold is higher than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, the maximum current
supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
alarm clear threshold. When the ALD current value is
lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is cleared.

MRFD210602

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 155

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
TMA

DEVIC
ENO

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

DSP
TMA
LST
TMA
MOD
TMA
RMV
TMA
RST
ALD

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.


The device number of the ALD must be unique.
GUI Value Range: 0~125
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

185

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMA

DEVIC
ENAME

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,


which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
set the device name in the following format:
sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Singleantenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
(Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
(Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote eAntenna
Extension). Network type: indicates whether the
current ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE
network. The device name is optional, but the device
name configured for each ALD must be unique.

DSP
RAEDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RAEFU
NCTIO
N
DSP
RAESU
BUNIT
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMA

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

186

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMA

CTRLC
N

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DSP
ALDVE
R
MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD

GUI Value Range: 0~62


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

DSP
TMA
LST
TMA
TMA

CTRLS
RN

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

DSP
ALDVE
R
MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

LST
TMA

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

187

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMA

CTRLS
N

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DSP
ALDVE
R
MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD

GUI Value Range: 0~8


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

DSP
TMA
LST
TMA
TMA

SUBUN
ITNUM

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

LST
TMA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of configured TMA


subunits.
GUI Value Range: 1~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

188

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMA

VENDO
RCODE

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

LST
TMA

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

TMA

SERIAL
NO

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

LST
TMA

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The


vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
an ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

189

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMASU
BUNIT

DEVIC
ENO

DSP
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.

LST
TMASU
BUNIT

WRFD060003

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

TMASU
BUNIT

SUBUN
ITNO

DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

CONNC
N

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
MRFD210601
WRFD060003

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

TMASU
BUNIT

GUI Value Range: 0~125

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,


which starts from 1.
GUI Value Range: 1~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

190

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMASU
BUNIT

CONNS
RN

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
subunit is connected.

LST
TMASU
BUNIT

WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Default Value: 255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMASU
BUNIT

CONNS
N

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
Default Value: 255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMASU
BUNIT

CONNP
N

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port to


which the TMA subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
R0F, R0G, R0H
Default Value: R0A(R0A)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

191

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMASU
BUNIT

GAIN

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of the TMA subunit. If


this parameter is set to 255, it is invalid and the actual
gain is not changed.

LST
TMASU
BUNIT

WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Unit: 0.25dB
Actual Value Range: 0~63.75, step:0.25
Default Value: 255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RXBRA
NCH

RXNO

DSP
RXBRA
NCH
LST
RXBRA
NCH
MOD
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RX channel of


the RRU or RFU.
GUI Value Range: 0~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

192

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RXBRA
NCH

RXSW

MOD
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the logical switch of the RX


channel of the RRU or RFU, which can be set to ON
or OFF. ON indicates that the logical switch of the RX
channel is set to on and OFF indicates that the logical
switch of the RX channel is set to off.This parameter
is set to ON by default. The switch can be set by
running the MOD RXBRANCH command.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: ON(ON)

DSP
RXBRA
NCH
LST
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)


Actual Value Range: ON, OFF

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
RXBRA
NCH

ATTEN

MOD
RXBRA
NCH
DSP
RXBRA
NCH
LST
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003
LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the attenuation of the RX channel


of the RRU or RFU.
GUI Value Range: 0~60
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: 0~30, step:0.5
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

193

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

DEVIC
ENO

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

SUBUN
ITNO

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MODEL
NO

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Actual Value Range: 0~125


Default Value: None

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,


which starts from 1.
GUI Value Range: 1~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~125

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna


connected to the TMA.
GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

194

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

SERIAL
NO

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD.

WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BAND1

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
1

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: 0

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

195

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GAIN1

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BAND2

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
2

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: 0

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

196

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GAIN2

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BAND3

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
3

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: 0

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

197

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GAIN3

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BAND4

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
4

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: 0

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

198

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GAIN4

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMADE
VICED
ATA

DATE

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

INSTAL
LERID

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is


installed.
GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation


technician who installed the antenna.
GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

199

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BSID

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1based TMA support a maximum base station ID
length of 12 characters. If the input base station ID has
more than 12 characters, only the first 12 characters
are saved on the TMA.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID. AISG1.1based TMA support a maximum sector ID length of 4
characters. If the input sector ID has more than 4
characters, only the first 4 characters are saved on the
TMA.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.

WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

SECTO
RID

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEARI
NG

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters


Unit: None
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters


Unit: None
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

200

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

TILT

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the


installation.

WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

SUBNA
ME

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETTIL
T
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

Unit: 0.1degree
Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

RETSU
BUNIT

GUI Value Range: -100~300

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the name of the RET subunit.The


name of the RET subunit is optional, but the name
configured for each RET subunit must be unique.
GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

201

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Counters

12

Counters

There are no specific counters associated with this feature.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

202

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

13 Glossary

13

Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

203

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

14

14 Reference Documents

Reference Documents

1.

3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide

2.

3900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide

3.

RRU3942 Hardware Description

4.

RRU3841 Hardware Description

5.

AAU3910 Hardware Description

6.

AAU3920 Hardware Description

7.

AAU3940 Hardware Description

Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

204

Anda mungkin juga menyukai